Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===- ValueTracking.cpp - Walk computations to compute properties --------===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
| 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
| 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
| 10 | // This file contains routines that help analyze properties that chains of |
| 11 | // computations have. |
| 12 | // |
| 13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 14 | |
| 15 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h" |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
Chandler Carruth | ed0881b | 2012-12-03 16:50:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
Chandler Carruth | d990388 | 2015-01-14 11:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h" |
Dan Gohman | 949ab78 | 2010-12-15 20:10:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h" |
Benjamin Kramer | fd4777c | 2013-09-24 16:37:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h" |
Artur Pilipenko | 31bcca4 | 2016-02-24 12:49:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h" |
Adam Nemet | e2b885c | 2015-04-23 20:09:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h" |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "llvm/Analysis/VectorUtils.h" |
Nick Lewycky | ec37354 | 2014-05-20 05:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | #include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 8cd041e | 2014-03-04 12:24:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" |
| 27 | #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 03eb0de | 2014-03-04 10:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 29 | #include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 | #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h" |
| 31 | #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h" |
| 32 | #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" |
| 33 | #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h" |
| 34 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" |
| 35 | #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h" |
| 36 | #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 820a908 | 2014-03-04 11:08:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h" |
Philip Reames | 5461d45 | 2015-04-23 17:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 38 | #include "llvm/IR/Statepoint.h" |
Matt Arsenault | f1a7e62 | 2014-07-15 01:55:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" |
Matthias Braun | 37e5d79 | 2016-01-28 06:29:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 41 | #include <algorithm> |
| 42 | #include <array> |
Chris Lattner | 6449690 | 2008-06-04 04:46:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 43 | #include <cstring> |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 | using namespace llvm; |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 45 | using namespace llvm::PatternMatch; |
| 46 | |
| 47 | const unsigned MaxDepth = 6; |
| 48 | |
Philip Reames | 1c29227 | 2015-03-10 22:43:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 49 | // Controls the number of uses of the value searched for possible |
| 50 | // dominating comparisons. |
| 51 | static cl::opt<unsigned> DomConditionsMaxUses("dom-conditions-max-uses", |
Igor Laevsky | cea9ede | 2015-09-29 14:57:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | cl::Hidden, cl::init(20)); |
Philip Reames | 1c29227 | 2015-03-10 22:43:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 54 | /// Returns the bitwidth of the given scalar or pointer type (if unknown returns |
| 55 | /// 0). For vector types, returns the element type's bitwidth. |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 56 | static unsigned getBitWidth(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) { |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 57 | if (unsigned BitWidth = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits()) |
| 58 | return BitWidth; |
Matt Arsenault | f55e5e7 | 2013-08-10 17:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 59 | |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 60 | return DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(Ty); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 61 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 62 | |
Benjamin Kramer | cfd8d90 | 2014-09-12 08:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 63 | namespace { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 64 | // Simplifying using an assume can only be done in a particular control-flow |
| 65 | // context (the context instruction provides that context). If an assume and |
| 66 | // the context instruction are not in the same block then the DT helps in |
| 67 | // figuring out if we can use it. |
| 68 | struct Query { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | const DataLayout &DL; |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 70 | AssumptionCache *AC; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 71 | const Instruction *CxtI; |
| 72 | const DominatorTree *DT; |
| 73 | |
Matthias Braun | 37e5d79 | 2016-01-28 06:29:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 74 | /// Set of assumptions that should be excluded from further queries. |
| 75 | /// This is because of the potential for mutual recursion to cause |
| 76 | /// computeKnownBits to repeatedly visit the same assume intrinsic. The |
| 77 | /// classic case of this is assume(x = y), which will attempt to determine |
| 78 | /// bits in x from bits in y, which will attempt to determine bits in y from |
| 79 | /// bits in x, etc. Regarding the mutual recursion, computeKnownBits can call |
| 80 | /// isKnownNonZero, which calls computeKnownBits and ComputeSignBit and |
| 81 | /// isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo (all of which can call computeKnownBits), and so |
| 82 | /// on. |
| 83 | std::array<const Value*, MaxDepth> Excluded; |
| 84 | unsigned NumExcluded; |
| 85 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 | Query(const DataLayout &DL, AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 87 | const DominatorTree *DT) |
Matthias Braun | 37e5d79 | 2016-01-28 06:29:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | : DL(DL), AC(AC), CxtI(CxtI), DT(DT), NumExcluded(0) {} |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 | |
| 90 | Query(const Query &Q, const Value *NewExcl) |
Matthias Braun | 37e5d79 | 2016-01-28 06:29:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 91 | : DL(Q.DL), AC(Q.AC), CxtI(Q.CxtI), DT(Q.DT), NumExcluded(Q.NumExcluded) { |
| 92 | Excluded = Q.Excluded; |
| 93 | Excluded[NumExcluded++] = NewExcl; |
| 94 | assert(NumExcluded <= Excluded.size()); |
| 95 | } |
| 96 | |
| 97 | bool isExcluded(const Value *Value) const { |
| 98 | if (NumExcluded == 0) |
| 99 | return false; |
| 100 | auto End = Excluded.begin() + NumExcluded; |
| 101 | return std::find(Excluded.begin(), End, Value) != End; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 102 | } |
| 103 | }; |
Benjamin Kramer | cfd8d90 | 2014-09-12 08:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 104 | } // end anonymous namespace |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 105 | |
Sanjay Patel | 547e975 | 2014-11-04 16:09:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 106 | // Given the provided Value and, potentially, a context instruction, return |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 107 | // the preferred context instruction (if any). |
| 108 | static const Instruction *safeCxtI(const Value *V, const Instruction *CxtI) { |
| 109 | // If we've been provided with a context instruction, then use that (provided |
| 110 | // it has been inserted). |
| 111 | if (CxtI && CxtI->getParent()) |
| 112 | return CxtI; |
| 113 | |
| 114 | // If the value is really an already-inserted instruction, then use that. |
| 115 | CxtI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); |
| 116 | if (CxtI && CxtI->getParent()) |
| 117 | return CxtI; |
| 118 | |
| 119 | return nullptr; |
| 120 | } |
| 121 | |
| 122 | static void computeKnownBits(Value *V, APInt &KnownZero, APInt &KnownOne, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 123 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 124 | |
| 125 | void llvm::computeKnownBits(Value *V, APInt &KnownZero, APInt &KnownOne, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 126 | const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 127 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 129 | ::computeKnownBits(V, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth, |
| 130 | Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT)); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 131 | } |
| 132 | |
Jingyue Wu | ca32190 | 2015-05-14 23:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 133 | bool llvm::haveNoCommonBitsSet(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 134 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 135 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 136 | assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() && |
| 137 | "LHS and RHS should have the same type"); |
| 138 | assert(LHS->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && |
| 139 | "LHS and RHS should be integers"); |
| 140 | IntegerType *IT = cast<IntegerType>(LHS->getType()->getScalarType()); |
| 141 | APInt LHSKnownZero(IT->getBitWidth(), 0), LHSKnownOne(IT->getBitWidth(), 0); |
| 142 | APInt RHSKnownZero(IT->getBitWidth(), 0), RHSKnownOne(IT->getBitWidth(), 0); |
| 143 | computeKnownBits(LHS, LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, DL, 0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 144 | computeKnownBits(RHS, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, DL, 0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 145 | return (LHSKnownZero | RHSKnownZero).isAllOnesValue(); |
| 146 | } |
| 147 | |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 148 | static void ComputeSignBit(Value *V, bool &KnownZero, bool &KnownOne, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 149 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 150 | |
| 151 | void llvm::ComputeSignBit(Value *V, bool &KnownZero, bool &KnownOne, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 152 | const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 153 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 155 | ::ComputeSignBit(V, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth, |
| 156 | Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT)); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 157 | } |
| 158 | |
| 159 | static bool isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Value *V, bool OrZero, unsigned Depth, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | const Query &Q); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 161 | |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 162 | bool llvm::isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, bool OrZero, |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 163 | unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC, |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 164 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 165 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 166 | return ::isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(V, OrZero, Depth, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 167 | Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT)); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 168 | } |
| 169 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 170 | static bool isKnownNonZero(Value *V, unsigned Depth, const Query &Q); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 171 | |
| 172 | bool llvm::isKnownNonZero(Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
| 173 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 174 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | return ::isKnownNonZero(V, Depth, Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT)); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 176 | } |
| 177 | |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 178 | bool llvm::isKnownNonNegative(Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
| 179 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 180 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 181 | bool NonNegative, Negative; |
| 182 | ComputeSignBit(V, NonNegative, Negative, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 183 | return NonNegative; |
| 184 | } |
| 185 | |
Philip Reames | 8f12eba | 2016-03-09 21:31:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 186 | bool llvm::isKnownPositive(Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
| 187 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 188 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 189 | if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) |
| 190 | return CI->getValue().isStrictlyPositive(); |
| 191 | |
| 192 | // TODO: We'd doing two recursive queries here. We should factor this such |
| 193 | // that only a single query is needed. |
| 194 | return isKnownNonNegative(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT) && |
| 195 | isKnownNonZero(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 196 | } |
| 197 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 198 | static bool isKnownNonEqual(Value *V1, Value *V2, const Query &Q); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 199 | |
| 200 | bool llvm::isKnownNonEqual(Value *V1, Value *V2, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 201 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 202 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 203 | return ::isKnownNonEqual(V1, V2, Query(DL, AC, |
| 204 | safeCxtI(V1, safeCxtI(V2, CxtI)), |
| 205 | DT)); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 206 | } |
| 207 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 208 | static bool MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, const APInt &Mask, unsigned Depth, |
| 209 | const Query &Q); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 210 | |
| 211 | bool llvm::MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, const APInt &Mask, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 212 | unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 213 | const Instruction *CxtI, const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 214 | return ::MaskedValueIsZero(V, Mask, Depth, |
| 215 | Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT)); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 216 | } |
| 217 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 218 | static unsigned ComputeNumSignBits(Value *V, unsigned Depth, const Query &Q); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 219 | |
| 220 | unsigned llvm::ComputeNumSignBits(Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 221 | unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 222 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 223 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 224 | return ::ComputeNumSignBits(V, Depth, Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT)); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 225 | } |
| 226 | |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 227 | static void computeKnownBitsAddSub(bool Add, Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool NSW, |
| 228 | APInt &KnownZero, APInt &KnownOne, |
| 229 | APInt &KnownZero2, APInt &KnownOne2, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 230 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 231 | if (!Add) { |
| 232 | if (ConstantInt *CLHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) { |
| 233 | // We know that the top bits of C-X are clear if X contains less bits |
| 234 | // than C (i.e. no wrap-around can happen). For example, 20-X is |
| 235 | // positive if we can prove that X is >= 0 and < 16. |
| 236 | if (!CLHS->getValue().isNegative()) { |
| 237 | unsigned BitWidth = KnownZero.getBitWidth(); |
| 238 | unsigned NLZ = (CLHS->getValue()+1).countLeadingZeros(); |
| 239 | // NLZ can't be BitWidth with no sign bit |
| 240 | APInt MaskV = APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, NLZ+1); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 241 | computeKnownBits(Op1, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 242 | |
| 243 | // If all of the MaskV bits are known to be zero, then we know the |
| 244 | // output top bits are zero, because we now know that the output is |
| 245 | // from [0-C]. |
| 246 | if ((KnownZero2 & MaskV) == MaskV) { |
| 247 | unsigned NLZ2 = CLHS->getValue().countLeadingZeros(); |
| 248 | // Top bits known zero. |
| 249 | KnownZero = APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, NLZ2); |
| 250 | } |
| 251 | } |
| 252 | } |
| 253 | } |
| 254 | |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 255 | unsigned BitWidth = KnownZero.getBitWidth(); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 256 | |
David Majnemer | 97ddca3 | 2014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 257 | // If an initial sequence of bits in the result is not needed, the |
| 258 | // corresponding bits in the operands are not needed. |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 259 | APInt LHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), LHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 260 | computeKnownBits(Op0, LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 261 | computeKnownBits(Op1, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 262 | |
David Majnemer | 97ddca3 | 2014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 263 | // Carry in a 1 for a subtract, rather than a 0. |
| 264 | APInt CarryIn(BitWidth, 0); |
| 265 | if (!Add) { |
| 266 | // Sum = LHS + ~RHS + 1 |
| 267 | std::swap(KnownZero2, KnownOne2); |
| 268 | CarryIn.setBit(0); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 269 | } |
| 270 | |
David Majnemer | 97ddca3 | 2014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 271 | APInt PossibleSumZero = ~LHSKnownZero + ~KnownZero2 + CarryIn; |
| 272 | APInt PossibleSumOne = LHSKnownOne + KnownOne2 + CarryIn; |
| 273 | |
| 274 | // Compute known bits of the carry. |
| 275 | APInt CarryKnownZero = ~(PossibleSumZero ^ LHSKnownZero ^ KnownZero2); |
| 276 | APInt CarryKnownOne = PossibleSumOne ^ LHSKnownOne ^ KnownOne2; |
| 277 | |
| 278 | // Compute set of known bits (where all three relevant bits are known). |
| 279 | APInt LHSKnown = LHSKnownZero | LHSKnownOne; |
| 280 | APInt RHSKnown = KnownZero2 | KnownOne2; |
| 281 | APInt CarryKnown = CarryKnownZero | CarryKnownOne; |
| 282 | APInt Known = LHSKnown & RHSKnown & CarryKnown; |
| 283 | |
| 284 | assert((PossibleSumZero & Known) == (PossibleSumOne & Known) && |
| 285 | "known bits of sum differ"); |
| 286 | |
| 287 | // Compute known bits of the result. |
| 288 | KnownZero = ~PossibleSumOne & Known; |
| 289 | KnownOne = PossibleSumOne & Known; |
| 290 | |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 291 | // Are we still trying to solve for the sign bit? |
David Majnemer | 97ddca3 | 2014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 292 | if (!Known.isNegative()) { |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 293 | if (NSW) { |
David Majnemer | 97ddca3 | 2014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 294 | // Adding two non-negative numbers, or subtracting a negative number from |
| 295 | // a non-negative one, can't wrap into negative. |
| 296 | if (LHSKnownZero.isNegative() && KnownZero2.isNegative()) |
| 297 | KnownZero |= APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth); |
| 298 | // Adding two negative numbers, or subtracting a non-negative number from |
| 299 | // a negative one, can't wrap into non-negative. |
| 300 | else if (LHSKnownOne.isNegative() && KnownOne2.isNegative()) |
| 301 | KnownOne |= APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 302 | } |
| 303 | } |
| 304 | } |
| 305 | |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 306 | static void computeKnownBitsMul(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool NSW, |
| 307 | APInt &KnownZero, APInt &KnownOne, |
| 308 | APInt &KnownZero2, APInt &KnownOne2, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 309 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 310 | unsigned BitWidth = KnownZero.getBitWidth(); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 311 | computeKnownBits(Op1, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 312 | computeKnownBits(Op0, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 313 | |
| 314 | bool isKnownNegative = false; |
| 315 | bool isKnownNonNegative = false; |
| 316 | // If the multiplication is known not to overflow, compute the sign bit. |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 317 | if (NSW) { |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 318 | if (Op0 == Op1) { |
| 319 | // The product of a number with itself is non-negative. |
| 320 | isKnownNonNegative = true; |
| 321 | } else { |
| 322 | bool isKnownNonNegativeOp1 = KnownZero.isNegative(); |
| 323 | bool isKnownNonNegativeOp0 = KnownZero2.isNegative(); |
| 324 | bool isKnownNegativeOp1 = KnownOne.isNegative(); |
| 325 | bool isKnownNegativeOp0 = KnownOne2.isNegative(); |
| 326 | // The product of two numbers with the same sign is non-negative. |
| 327 | isKnownNonNegative = (isKnownNegativeOp1 && isKnownNegativeOp0) || |
| 328 | (isKnownNonNegativeOp1 && isKnownNonNegativeOp0); |
| 329 | // The product of a negative number and a non-negative number is either |
| 330 | // negative or zero. |
| 331 | if (!isKnownNonNegative) |
| 332 | isKnownNegative = (isKnownNegativeOp1 && isKnownNonNegativeOp0 && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 333 | isKnownNonZero(Op0, Depth, Q)) || |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 334 | (isKnownNegativeOp0 && isKnownNonNegativeOp1 && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | isKnownNonZero(Op1, Depth, Q)); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | } |
| 337 | } |
| 338 | |
| 339 | // If low bits are zero in either operand, output low known-0 bits. |
Sanjay Patel | 5dd66c3 | 2015-09-17 20:51:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | // Also compute a conservative estimate for high known-0 bits. |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 341 | // More trickiness is possible, but this is sufficient for the |
| 342 | // interesting case of alignment computation. |
| 343 | KnownOne.clearAllBits(); |
| 344 | unsigned TrailZ = KnownZero.countTrailingOnes() + |
| 345 | KnownZero2.countTrailingOnes(); |
| 346 | unsigned LeadZ = std::max(KnownZero.countLeadingOnes() + |
| 347 | KnownZero2.countLeadingOnes(), |
| 348 | BitWidth) - BitWidth; |
| 349 | |
| 350 | TrailZ = std::min(TrailZ, BitWidth); |
| 351 | LeadZ = std::min(LeadZ, BitWidth); |
| 352 | KnownZero = APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, TrailZ) | |
| 353 | APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, LeadZ); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 354 | |
| 355 | // Only make use of no-wrap flags if we failed to compute the sign bit |
| 356 | // directly. This matters if the multiplication always overflows, in |
| 357 | // which case we prefer to follow the result of the direct computation, |
| 358 | // though as the program is invoking undefined behaviour we can choose |
| 359 | // whatever we like here. |
| 360 | if (isKnownNonNegative && !KnownOne.isNegative()) |
| 361 | KnownZero.setBit(BitWidth - 1); |
| 362 | else if (isKnownNegative && !KnownZero.isNegative()) |
| 363 | KnownOne.setBit(BitWidth - 1); |
| 364 | } |
| 365 | |
Jingyue Wu | 37fcb59 | 2014-06-19 16:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 366 | void llvm::computeKnownBitsFromRangeMetadata(const MDNode &Ranges, |
Sanjoy Das | 1d1929a | 2015-10-28 03:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 367 | APInt &KnownZero, |
| 368 | APInt &KnownOne) { |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 369 | unsigned BitWidth = KnownZero.getBitWidth(); |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 370 | unsigned NumRanges = Ranges.getNumOperands() / 2; |
| 371 | assert(NumRanges >= 1); |
| 372 | |
Sanjoy Das | 1d1929a | 2015-10-28 03:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 373 | KnownZero.setAllBits(); |
| 374 | KnownOne.setAllBits(); |
| 375 | |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 376 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumRanges; ++i) { |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 5bf8fef | 2014-12-09 18:38:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 377 | ConstantInt *Lower = |
| 378 | mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges.getOperand(2 * i + 0)); |
| 379 | ConstantInt *Upper = |
| 380 | mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges.getOperand(2 * i + 1)); |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 381 | ConstantRange Range(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue()); |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 382 | |
Sanjoy Das | 1d1929a | 2015-10-28 03:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 383 | // The first CommonPrefixBits of all values in Range are equal. |
| 384 | unsigned CommonPrefixBits = |
| 385 | (Range.getUnsignedMax() ^ Range.getUnsignedMin()).countLeadingZeros(); |
| 386 | |
| 387 | APInt Mask = APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, CommonPrefixBits); |
| 388 | KnownOne &= Range.getUnsignedMax() & Mask; |
| 389 | KnownZero &= ~Range.getUnsignedMax() & Mask; |
| 390 | } |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 391 | } |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 393 | static bool isEphemeralValueOf(Instruction *I, const Value *E) { |
| 394 | SmallVector<const Value *, 16> WorkSet(1, I); |
| 395 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 32> Visited; |
| 396 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 16> EphValues; |
| 397 | |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | // The instruction defining an assumption's condition itself is always |
| 399 | // considered ephemeral to that assumption (even if it has other |
| 400 | // non-ephemeral users). See r246696's test case for an example. |
| 401 | if (std::find(I->op_begin(), I->op_end(), E) != I->op_end()) |
| 402 | return true; |
| 403 | |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | while (!WorkSet.empty()) { |
| 405 | const Value *V = WorkSet.pop_back_val(); |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 406 | if (!Visited.insert(V).second) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 407 | continue; |
| 408 | |
| 409 | // If all uses of this value are ephemeral, then so is this value. |
Benjamin Kramer | 5611561 | 2015-10-24 19:30:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 410 | if (std::all_of(V->user_begin(), V->user_end(), |
| 411 | [&](const User *U) { return EphValues.count(U); })) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | if (V == E) |
| 413 | return true; |
| 414 | |
| 415 | EphValues.insert(V); |
| 416 | if (const User *U = dyn_cast<User>(V)) |
| 417 | for (User::const_op_iterator J = U->op_begin(), JE = U->op_end(); |
| 418 | J != JE; ++J) { |
| 419 | if (isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(*J)) |
| 420 | WorkSet.push_back(*J); |
| 421 | } |
| 422 | } |
| 423 | } |
| 424 | |
| 425 | return false; |
| 426 | } |
| 427 | |
| 428 | // Is this an intrinsic that cannot be speculated but also cannot trap? |
| 429 | static bool isAssumeLikeIntrinsic(const Instruction *I) { |
| 430 | if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I)) |
| 431 | if (Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction()) |
| 432 | switch (F->getIntrinsicID()) { |
| 433 | default: break; |
| 434 | // FIXME: This list is repeated from NoTTI::getIntrinsicCost. |
| 435 | case Intrinsic::assume: |
| 436 | case Intrinsic::dbg_declare: |
| 437 | case Intrinsic::dbg_value: |
| 438 | case Intrinsic::invariant_start: |
| 439 | case Intrinsic::invariant_end: |
| 440 | case Intrinsic::lifetime_start: |
| 441 | case Intrinsic::lifetime_end: |
| 442 | case Intrinsic::objectsize: |
| 443 | case Intrinsic::ptr_annotation: |
| 444 | case Intrinsic::var_annotation: |
| 445 | return true; |
| 446 | } |
| 447 | |
| 448 | return false; |
| 449 | } |
| 450 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 451 | static bool isValidAssumeForContext(Value *V, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 452 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 453 | Instruction *Inv = cast<Instruction>(V); |
| 454 | |
| 455 | // There are two restrictions on the use of an assume: |
| 456 | // 1. The assume must dominate the context (or the control flow must |
| 457 | // reach the assume whenever it reaches the context). |
| 458 | // 2. The context must not be in the assume's set of ephemeral values |
| 459 | // (otherwise we will use the assume to prove that the condition |
| 460 | // feeding the assume is trivially true, thus causing the removal of |
| 461 | // the assume). |
| 462 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 463 | if (DT) { |
| 464 | if (DT->dominates(Inv, CxtI)) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 465 | return true; |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 466 | } else if (Inv->getParent() == CxtI->getParent()) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 467 | // The context comes first, but they're both in the same block. Make sure |
| 468 | // there is nothing in between that might interrupt the control flow. |
| 469 | for (BasicBlock::const_iterator I = |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 470 | std::next(BasicBlock::const_iterator(CxtI)), |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 471 | IE(Inv); I != IE; ++I) |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 5a82c91 | 2015-10-10 00:53:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 472 | if (!isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(&*I) && !isAssumeLikeIntrinsic(&*I)) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 473 | return false; |
| 474 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 475 | return !isEphemeralValueOf(Inv, CxtI); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 476 | } |
| 477 | |
| 478 | return false; |
| 479 | } |
| 480 | |
| 481 | // When we don't have a DT, we do a limited search... |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 482 | if (Inv->getParent() == CxtI->getParent()->getSinglePredecessor()) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 483 | return true; |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 484 | } else if (Inv->getParent() == CxtI->getParent()) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 485 | // Search forward from the assume until we reach the context (or the end |
| 486 | // of the block); the common case is that the assume will come first. |
| 487 | for (BasicBlock::iterator I = std::next(BasicBlock::iterator(Inv)), |
| 488 | IE = Inv->getParent()->end(); I != IE; ++I) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 489 | if (&*I == CxtI) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 490 | return true; |
| 491 | |
| 492 | // The context must come first... |
| 493 | for (BasicBlock::const_iterator I = |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | std::next(BasicBlock::const_iterator(CxtI)), |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | IE(Inv); I != IE; ++I) |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 5a82c91 | 2015-10-10 00:53:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 496 | if (!isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(&*I) && !isAssumeLikeIntrinsic(&*I)) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 497 | return false; |
| 498 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 499 | return !isEphemeralValueOf(Inv, CxtI); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | } |
| 501 | |
| 502 | return false; |
| 503 | } |
| 504 | |
| 505 | bool llvm::isValidAssumeForContext(const Instruction *I, |
| 506 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 508 | return ::isValidAssumeForContext(const_cast<Instruction *>(I), CxtI, DT); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 509 | } |
| 510 | |
| 511 | template<typename LHS, typename RHS> |
| 512 | inline match_combine_or<CmpClass_match<LHS, RHS, ICmpInst, ICmpInst::Predicate>, |
| 513 | CmpClass_match<RHS, LHS, ICmpInst, ICmpInst::Predicate>> |
| 514 | m_c_ICmp(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R) { |
| 515 | return m_CombineOr(m_ICmp(Pred, L, R), m_ICmp(Pred, R, L)); |
| 516 | } |
| 517 | |
| 518 | template<typename LHS, typename RHS> |
| 519 | inline match_combine_or<BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::And>, |
| 520 | BinaryOp_match<RHS, LHS, Instruction::And>> |
| 521 | m_c_And(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) { |
| 522 | return m_CombineOr(m_And(L, R), m_And(R, L)); |
| 523 | } |
| 524 | |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | template<typename LHS, typename RHS> |
| 526 | inline match_combine_or<BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Or>, |
| 527 | BinaryOp_match<RHS, LHS, Instruction::Or>> |
| 528 | m_c_Or(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) { |
| 529 | return m_CombineOr(m_Or(L, R), m_Or(R, L)); |
| 530 | } |
| 531 | |
| 532 | template<typename LHS, typename RHS> |
| 533 | inline match_combine_or<BinaryOp_match<LHS, RHS, Instruction::Xor>, |
| 534 | BinaryOp_match<RHS, LHS, Instruction::Xor>> |
| 535 | m_c_Xor(const LHS &L, const RHS &R) { |
| 536 | return m_CombineOr(m_Xor(L, R), m_Xor(R, L)); |
| 537 | } |
| 538 | |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 539 | static void computeKnownBitsFromAssume(Value *V, APInt &KnownZero, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | APInt &KnownOne, unsigned Depth, |
| 541 | const Query &Q) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 542 | // Use of assumptions is context-sensitive. If we don't have a context, we |
| 543 | // cannot use them! |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 544 | if (!Q.AC || !Q.CxtI) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 545 | return; |
| 546 | |
| 547 | unsigned BitWidth = KnownZero.getBitWidth(); |
| 548 | |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | for (auto &AssumeVH : Q.AC->assumptions()) { |
| 550 | if (!AssumeVH) |
| 551 | continue; |
| 552 | CallInst *I = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH); |
Chandler Carruth | 75c11b8 | 2015-01-04 23:13:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 553 | assert(I->getParent()->getParent() == Q.CxtI->getParent()->getParent() && |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 554 | "Got assumption for the wrong function!"); |
Matthias Braun | 37e5d79 | 2016-01-28 06:29:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | if (Q.isExcluded(I)) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 556 | continue; |
| 557 | |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 558 | // Warning: This loop can end up being somewhat performance sensetive. |
| 559 | // We're running this loop for once for each value queried resulting in a |
| 560 | // runtime of ~O(#assumes * #values). |
| 561 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 619c4e5 | 2015-04-10 11:24:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 562 | assert(I->getCalledFunction()->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::assume && |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | "must be an assume intrinsic"); |
Benjamin Kramer | 619c4e5 | 2015-04-10 11:24:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 564 | |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 565 | Value *Arg = I->getArgOperand(0); |
| 566 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 567 | if (Arg == V && isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | assert(BitWidth == 1 && "assume operand is not i1?"); |
| 569 | KnownZero.clearAllBits(); |
| 570 | KnownOne.setAllBits(); |
| 571 | return; |
| 572 | } |
| 573 | |
David Majnemer | 9b60975 | 2014-12-12 23:59:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | // The remaining tests are all recursive, so bail out if we hit the limit. |
| 575 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) |
| 576 | continue; |
| 577 | |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | Value *A, *B; |
| 579 | auto m_V = m_CombineOr(m_Specific(V), |
| 580 | m_CombineOr(m_PtrToInt(m_Specific(V)), |
| 581 | m_BitCast(m_Specific(V)))); |
| 582 | |
| 583 | CmpInst::Predicate Pred; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 584 | ConstantInt *C; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 585 | // assume(v = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 586 | if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 589 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 590 | KnownZero |= RHSKnownZero; |
| 591 | KnownOne |= RHSKnownOne; |
| 592 | // assume(v & b = a) |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 593 | } else if (match(Arg, |
| 594 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_c_And(m_V, m_Value(B)), m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 595 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
| 596 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 597 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 598 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 599 | APInt MaskKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), MaskKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 600 | computeKnownBits(B, MaskKnownZero, MaskKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 601 | |
| 602 | // For those bits in the mask that are known to be one, we can propagate |
| 603 | // known bits from the RHS to V. |
| 604 | KnownZero |= RHSKnownZero & MaskKnownOne; |
| 605 | KnownOne |= RHSKnownOne & MaskKnownOne; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 606 | // assume(~(v & b) = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_c_And(m_V, m_Value(B))), |
| 608 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 609 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
| 610 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 611 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 612 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 613 | APInt MaskKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), MaskKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 614 | computeKnownBits(B, MaskKnownZero, MaskKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 615 | |
| 616 | // For those bits in the mask that are known to be one, we can propagate |
| 617 | // inverted known bits from the RHS to V. |
| 618 | KnownZero |= RHSKnownOne & MaskKnownOne; |
| 619 | KnownOne |= RHSKnownZero & MaskKnownOne; |
| 620 | // assume(v | b = a) |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 621 | } else if (match(Arg, |
| 622 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_c_Or(m_V, m_Value(B)), m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 623 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
| 624 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 625 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 626 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 627 | APInt BKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), BKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 628 | computeKnownBits(B, BKnownZero, BKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 629 | |
| 630 | // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate known |
| 631 | // bits from the RHS to V. |
| 632 | KnownZero |= RHSKnownZero & BKnownZero; |
| 633 | KnownOne |= RHSKnownOne & BKnownZero; |
| 634 | // assume(~(v | b) = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 635 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_c_Or(m_V, m_Value(B))), |
| 636 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 637 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
| 638 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 639 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 640 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | APInt BKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), BKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 642 | computeKnownBits(B, BKnownZero, BKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 643 | |
| 644 | // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate |
| 645 | // inverted known bits from the RHS to V. |
| 646 | KnownZero |= RHSKnownOne & BKnownZero; |
| 647 | KnownOne |= RHSKnownZero & BKnownZero; |
| 648 | // assume(v ^ b = a) |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 649 | } else if (match(Arg, |
| 650 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_c_Xor(m_V, m_Value(B)), m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 651 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
| 652 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 653 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 654 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 655 | APInt BKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), BKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 656 | computeKnownBits(B, BKnownZero, BKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 657 | |
| 658 | // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate known |
| 659 | // bits from the RHS to V. For those bits in B that are known to be one, |
| 660 | // we can propagate inverted known bits from the RHS to V. |
| 661 | KnownZero |= RHSKnownZero & BKnownZero; |
| 662 | KnownOne |= RHSKnownOne & BKnownZero; |
| 663 | KnownZero |= RHSKnownOne & BKnownOne; |
| 664 | KnownOne |= RHSKnownZero & BKnownOne; |
| 665 | // assume(~(v ^ b) = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_c_Xor(m_V, m_Value(B))), |
| 667 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 668 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
| 669 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 670 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 671 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 672 | APInt BKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), BKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 673 | computeKnownBits(B, BKnownZero, BKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | |
| 675 | // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate |
| 676 | // inverted known bits from the RHS to V. For those bits in B that are |
| 677 | // known to be one, we can propagate known bits from the RHS to V. |
| 678 | KnownZero |= RHSKnownOne & BKnownZero; |
| 679 | KnownOne |= RHSKnownZero & BKnownZero; |
| 680 | KnownZero |= RHSKnownZero & BKnownOne; |
| 681 | KnownOne |= RHSKnownOne & BKnownOne; |
| 682 | // assume(v << c = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 683 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Shl(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C)), |
| 684 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
| 686 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 687 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 688 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 689 | // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them to known |
| 690 | // bits in V shifted to the right by C. |
| 691 | KnownZero |= RHSKnownZero.lshr(C->getZExtValue()); |
| 692 | KnownOne |= RHSKnownOne.lshr(C->getZExtValue()); |
| 693 | // assume(~(v << c) = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_Shl(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C))), |
| 695 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
| 697 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 700 | // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them inverted |
| 701 | // to known bits in V shifted to the right by C. |
| 702 | KnownZero |= RHSKnownOne.lshr(C->getZExtValue()); |
| 703 | KnownOne |= RHSKnownZero.lshr(C->getZExtValue()); |
| 704 | // assume(v >> c = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 705 | } else if (match(Arg, |
| 706 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_CombineOr(m_LShr(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C)), |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 707 | m_AShr(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C))), |
| 708 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 709 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
| 710 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 711 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 712 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 713 | // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them to known |
| 714 | // bits in V shifted to the right by C. |
| 715 | KnownZero |= RHSKnownZero << C->getZExtValue(); |
| 716 | KnownOne |= RHSKnownOne << C->getZExtValue(); |
| 717 | // assume(~(v >> c) = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 718 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_CombineOr( |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | m_LShr(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C)), |
| 720 | m_AShr(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C)))), |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 721 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
| 723 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 724 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 725 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 726 | // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them inverted |
| 727 | // to known bits in V shifted to the right by C. |
| 728 | KnownZero |= RHSKnownOne << C->getZExtValue(); |
| 729 | KnownOne |= RHSKnownZero << C->getZExtValue(); |
| 730 | // assume(v >=_s c) where c is non-negative |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE && |
| 733 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 736 | |
| 737 | if (RHSKnownZero.isNegative()) { |
| 738 | // We know that the sign bit is zero. |
| 739 | KnownZero |= APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth); |
| 740 | } |
| 741 | // assume(v >_s c) where c is at least -1. |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 742 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 743 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && |
| 744 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 745 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 746 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 747 | |
| 748 | if (RHSKnownOne.isAllOnesValue() || RHSKnownZero.isNegative()) { |
| 749 | // We know that the sign bit is zero. |
| 750 | KnownZero |= APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth); |
| 751 | } |
| 752 | // assume(v <=_s c) where c is negative |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 754 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE && |
| 755 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 756 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 757 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | |
| 759 | if (RHSKnownOne.isNegative()) { |
| 760 | // We know that the sign bit is one. |
| 761 | KnownOne |= APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth); |
| 762 | } |
| 763 | // assume(v <_s c) where c is non-positive |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 765 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && |
| 766 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 767 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 768 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 769 | |
| 770 | if (RHSKnownZero.isAllOnesValue() || RHSKnownOne.isNegative()) { |
| 771 | // We know that the sign bit is one. |
| 772 | KnownOne |= APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth); |
| 773 | } |
| 774 | // assume(v <=_u c) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 775 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 776 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE && |
| 777 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 779 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 780 | |
| 781 | // Whatever high bits in c are zero are known to be zero. |
| 782 | KnownZero |= |
| 783 | APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, RHSKnownZero.countLeadingOnes()); |
| 784 | // assume(v <_u c) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 786 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT && |
| 787 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 789 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 790 | |
| 791 | // Whatever high bits in c are zero are known to be zero (if c is a power |
| 792 | // of 2, then one more). |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 793 | if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(A, false, Depth + 1, Query(Q, I))) |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 794 | KnownZero |= |
| 795 | APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, RHSKnownZero.countLeadingOnes()+1); |
| 796 | else |
| 797 | KnownZero |= |
| 798 | APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, RHSKnownZero.countLeadingOnes()); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 799 | } |
| 800 | } |
| 801 | } |
| 802 | |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 803 | // Compute known bits from a shift operator, including those with a |
| 804 | // non-constant shift amount. KnownZero and KnownOne are the outputs of this |
| 805 | // function. KnownZero2 and KnownOne2 are pre-allocated temporaries with the |
| 806 | // same bit width as KnownZero and KnownOne. KZF and KOF are operator-specific |
| 807 | // functors that, given the known-zero or known-one bits respectively, and a |
| 808 | // shift amount, compute the implied known-zero or known-one bits of the shift |
| 809 | // operator's result respectively for that shift amount. The results from calling |
| 810 | // KZF and KOF are conservatively combined for all permitted shift amounts. |
| 811 | template <typename KZFunctor, typename KOFunctor> |
| 812 | static void computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator(Operator *I, |
| 813 | APInt &KnownZero, APInt &KnownOne, |
| 814 | APInt &KnownZero2, APInt &KnownOne2, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 815 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q, KZFunctor KZF, KOFunctor KOF) { |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 816 | unsigned BitWidth = KnownZero.getBitWidth(); |
| 817 | |
| 818 | if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
| 819 | unsigned ShiftAmt = SA->getLimitedValue(BitWidth-1); |
| 820 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 821 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 822 | KnownZero = KZF(KnownZero, ShiftAmt); |
| 823 | KnownOne = KOF(KnownOne, ShiftAmt); |
| 824 | return; |
| 825 | } |
| 826 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 827 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 828 | |
| 829 | // Note: We cannot use KnownZero.getLimitedValue() here, because if |
| 830 | // BitWidth > 64 and any upper bits are known, we'll end up returning the |
| 831 | // limit value (which implies all bits are known). |
| 832 | uint64_t ShiftAmtKZ = KnownZero.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue(); |
| 833 | uint64_t ShiftAmtKO = KnownOne.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue(); |
| 834 | |
| 835 | // It would be more-clearly correct to use the two temporaries for this |
| 836 | // calculation. Reusing the APInts here to prevent unnecessary allocations. |
Richard Trieu | 7a08381 | 2016-02-18 22:09:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | KnownZero.clearAllBits(); |
| 838 | KnownOne.clearAllBits(); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 839 | |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 840 | // If we know the shifter operand is nonzero, we can sometimes infer more |
| 841 | // known bits. However this is expensive to compute, so be lazy about it and |
| 842 | // only compute it when absolutely necessary. |
| 843 | Optional<bool> ShifterOperandIsNonZero; |
| 844 | |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 845 | // Early exit if we can't constrain any well-defined shift amount. |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 846 | if (!(ShiftAmtKZ & (BitWidth - 1)) && !(ShiftAmtKO & (BitWidth - 1))) { |
| 847 | ShifterOperandIsNonZero = |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 848 | isKnownNonZero(I->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 849 | if (!*ShifterOperandIsNonZero) |
| 850 | return; |
| 851 | } |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 852 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 853 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 854 | |
| 855 | KnownZero = KnownOne = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth); |
| 856 | for (unsigned ShiftAmt = 0; ShiftAmt < BitWidth; ++ShiftAmt) { |
| 857 | // Combine the shifted known input bits only for those shift amounts |
| 858 | // compatible with its known constraints. |
| 859 | if ((ShiftAmt & ~ShiftAmtKZ) != ShiftAmt) |
| 860 | continue; |
| 861 | if ((ShiftAmt | ShiftAmtKO) != ShiftAmt) |
| 862 | continue; |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | // If we know the shifter is nonzero, we may be able to infer more known |
| 864 | // bits. This check is sunk down as far as possible to avoid the expensive |
| 865 | // call to isKnownNonZero if the cheaper checks above fail. |
| 866 | if (ShiftAmt == 0) { |
| 867 | if (!ShifterOperandIsNonZero.hasValue()) |
| 868 | ShifterOperandIsNonZero = |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 869 | isKnownNonZero(I->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 870 | if (*ShifterOperandIsNonZero) |
| 871 | continue; |
| 872 | } |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | |
| 874 | KnownZero &= KZF(KnownZero2, ShiftAmt); |
| 875 | KnownOne &= KOF(KnownOne2, ShiftAmt); |
| 876 | } |
| 877 | |
| 878 | // If there are no compatible shift amounts, then we've proven that the shift |
| 879 | // amount must be >= the BitWidth, and the result is undefined. We could |
| 880 | // return anything we'd like, but we need to make sure the sets of known bits |
| 881 | // stay disjoint (it should be better for some other code to actually |
| 882 | // propagate the undef than to pick a value here using known bits). |
Richard Trieu | 7a08381 | 2016-02-18 22:09:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 883 | if ((KnownZero & KnownOne) != 0) { |
| 884 | KnownZero.clearAllBits(); |
| 885 | KnownOne.clearAllBits(); |
| 886 | } |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 887 | } |
| 888 | |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | static void computeKnownBitsFromOperator(Operator *I, APInt &KnownZero, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 890 | APInt &KnownOne, unsigned Depth, |
| 891 | const Query &Q) { |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 892 | unsigned BitWidth = KnownZero.getBitWidth(); |
| 893 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 894 | APInt KnownZero2(KnownZero), KnownOne2(KnownOne); |
Dan Gohman | 80ca01c | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 896 | default: break; |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 897 | case Instruction::Load: |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | de36e80 | 2014-11-11 21:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | if (MDNode *MD = cast<LoadInst>(I)->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) |
Sanjoy Das | 1d1929a | 2015-10-28 03:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | computeKnownBitsFromRangeMetadata(*MD, KnownZero, KnownOne); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | case Instruction::And: { |
| 902 | // If either the LHS or the RHS are Zero, the result is zero. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 903 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 904 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 905 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | // Output known-1 bits are only known if set in both the LHS & RHS. |
| 907 | KnownOne &= KnownOne2; |
| 908 | // Output known-0 are known to be clear if zero in either the LHS | RHS. |
| 909 | KnownZero |= KnownZero2; |
Philip Reames | 2d85874 | 2015-11-10 18:46:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 910 | |
| 911 | // and(x, add (x, -1)) is a common idiom that always clears the low bit; |
| 912 | // here we handle the more general case of adding any odd number by |
| 913 | // matching the form add(x, add(x, y)) where y is odd. |
| 914 | // TODO: This could be generalized to clearing any bit set in y where the |
| 915 | // following bit is known to be unset in y. |
| 916 | Value *Y = nullptr; |
| 917 | if (match(I->getOperand(0), m_Add(m_Specific(I->getOperand(1)), |
| 918 | m_Value(Y))) || |
| 919 | match(I->getOperand(1), m_Add(m_Specific(I->getOperand(0)), |
| 920 | m_Value(Y)))) { |
| 921 | APInt KnownZero3(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne3(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | computeKnownBits(Y, KnownZero3, KnownOne3, Depth + 1, Q); |
Philip Reames | 2d85874 | 2015-11-10 18:46:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 923 | if (KnownOne3.countTrailingOnes() > 0) |
| 924 | KnownZero |= APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, 1); |
| 925 | } |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | } |
| 928 | case Instruction::Or: { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 930 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 931 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | // Output known-0 bits are only known if clear in both the LHS & RHS. |
| 933 | KnownZero &= KnownZero2; |
| 934 | // Output known-1 are known to be set if set in either the LHS | RHS. |
| 935 | KnownOne |= KnownOne2; |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 936 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 937 | } |
| 938 | case Instruction::Xor: { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 939 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 940 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 941 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 942 | // Output known-0 bits are known if clear or set in both the LHS & RHS. |
| 943 | APInt KnownZeroOut = (KnownZero & KnownZero2) | (KnownOne & KnownOne2); |
| 944 | // Output known-1 are known to be set if set in only one of the LHS, RHS. |
| 945 | KnownOne = (KnownZero & KnownOne2) | (KnownOne & KnownZero2); |
| 946 | KnownZero = KnownZeroOut; |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 947 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 948 | } |
| 949 | case Instruction::Mul: { |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 950 | bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap(); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 951 | computeKnownBitsMul(I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1), NSW, KnownZero, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 952 | KnownOne, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 954 | } |
| 955 | case Instruction::UDiv: { |
| 956 | // For the purposes of computing leading zeros we can conservatively |
| 957 | // treat a udiv as a logical right shift by the power of 2 known to |
| 958 | // be less than the denominator. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 959 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 960 | unsigned LeadZ = KnownZero2.countLeadingOnes(); |
| 961 | |
Jay Foad | 25a5e4c | 2010-12-01 08:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 962 | KnownOne2.clearAllBits(); |
| 963 | KnownZero2.clearAllBits(); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 964 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 965 | unsigned RHSUnknownLeadingOnes = KnownOne2.countLeadingZeros(); |
| 966 | if (RHSUnknownLeadingOnes != BitWidth) |
| 967 | LeadZ = std::min(BitWidth, |
| 968 | LeadZ + BitWidth - RHSUnknownLeadingOnes - 1); |
| 969 | |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 970 | KnownZero = APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, LeadZ); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 971 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 972 | } |
James Molloy | c5eded5 | 2016-01-14 15:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 973 | case Instruction::Select: |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(2), KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 975 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 976 | |
| 977 | // Only known if known in both the LHS and RHS. |
| 978 | KnownOne &= KnownOne2; |
| 979 | KnownZero &= KnownZero2; |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 980 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 981 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: |
| 982 | case Instruction::FPExt: |
| 983 | case Instruction::FPToUI: |
| 984 | case Instruction::FPToSI: |
| 985 | case Instruction::SIToFP: |
| 986 | case Instruction::UIToFP: |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 987 | break; // Can't work with floating point. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 988 | case Instruction::PtrToInt: |
| 989 | case Instruction::IntToPtr: |
Matt Arsenault | f1a7e62 | 2014-07-15 01:55:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 990 | case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast: // Pointers could be different sizes. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 991 | // FALL THROUGH and handle them the same as zext/trunc. |
| 992 | case Instruction::ZExt: |
| 993 | case Instruction::Trunc: { |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 994 | Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType(); |
Nadav Rotem | 15198e9 | 2012-10-26 17:17:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | |
Chris Lattner | 0cdbc7a | 2009-09-08 00:13:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 996 | unsigned SrcBitWidth; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | // Note that we handle pointer operands here because of inttoptr/ptrtoint |
| 998 | // which fall through here. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 999 | SrcBitWidth = Q.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy->getScalarType()); |
Nadav Rotem | 15198e9 | 2012-10-26 17:17:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 | |
| 1001 | assert(SrcBitWidth && "SrcBitWidth can't be zero"); |
Jay Foad | 583abbc | 2010-12-07 08:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1002 | KnownZero = KnownZero.zextOrTrunc(SrcBitWidth); |
| 1003 | KnownOne = KnownOne.zextOrTrunc(SrcBitWidth); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
Jay Foad | 583abbc | 2010-12-07 08:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1005 | KnownZero = KnownZero.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth); |
| 1006 | KnownOne = KnownOne.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1007 | // Any top bits are known to be zero. |
| 1008 | if (BitWidth > SrcBitWidth) |
| 1009 | KnownZero |= APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - SrcBitWidth); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1010 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 | } |
| 1012 | case Instruction::BitCast: { |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 | Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType(); |
Sanjay Patel | 9115cf8 | 2015-10-08 16:56:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1014 | if ((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy() || |
| 1015 | SrcTy->isFloatingPointTy()) && |
Chris Lattner | edb8407 | 2009-07-02 16:04:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 | // TODO: For now, not handling conversions like: |
| 1017 | // (bitcast i64 %x to <2 x i32>) |
Duncan Sands | 19d0b47 | 2010-02-16 11:11:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1018 | !I->getType()->isVectorTy()) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1019 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1020 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1021 | } |
| 1022 | break; |
| 1023 | } |
| 1024 | case Instruction::SExt: { |
| 1025 | // Compute the bits in the result that are not present in the input. |
Chris Lattner | 0cdbc7a | 2009-09-08 00:13:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 | unsigned SrcBitWidth = I->getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 | |
Jay Foad | 583abbc | 2010-12-07 08:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1028 | KnownZero = KnownZero.trunc(SrcBitWidth); |
| 1029 | KnownOne = KnownOne.trunc(SrcBitWidth); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1030 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
Jay Foad | 583abbc | 2010-12-07 08:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1031 | KnownZero = KnownZero.zext(BitWidth); |
| 1032 | KnownOne = KnownOne.zext(BitWidth); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1033 | |
| 1034 | // If the sign bit of the input is known set or clear, then we know the |
| 1035 | // top bits of the result. |
| 1036 | if (KnownZero[SrcBitWidth-1]) // Input sign bit known zero |
| 1037 | KnownZero |= APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - SrcBitWidth); |
| 1038 | else if (KnownOne[SrcBitWidth-1]) // Input sign bit known set |
| 1039 | KnownOne |= APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - SrcBitWidth); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1040 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1041 | } |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1042 | case Instruction::Shl: { |
Sylvestre Ledru | 91ce36c | 2012-09-27 10:14:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1043 | // (shl X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (X & C2 >>u C1) == 0 |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1044 | auto KZF = [BitWidth](const APInt &KnownZero, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
| 1045 | return (KnownZero << ShiftAmt) | |
| 1046 | APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, ShiftAmt); // Low bits known 0. |
| 1047 | }; |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 | auto KOF = [BitWidth](const APInt &KnownOne, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
| 1050 | return KnownOne << ShiftAmt; |
| 1051 | }; |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator(I, KnownZero, KnownOne, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1054 | KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth, Q, KZF, |
| 1055 | KOF); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1056 | break; |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 | } |
| 1058 | case Instruction::LShr: { |
Sylvestre Ledru | 91ce36c | 2012-09-27 10:14:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1059 | // (ushr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0 |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1060 | auto KZF = [BitWidth](const APInt &KnownZero, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
| 1061 | return APIntOps::lshr(KnownZero, ShiftAmt) | |
| 1062 | // High bits known zero. |
| 1063 | APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, ShiftAmt); |
| 1064 | }; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1065 | |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1066 | auto KOF = [BitWidth](const APInt &KnownOne, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
| 1067 | return APIntOps::lshr(KnownOne, ShiftAmt); |
| 1068 | }; |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator(I, KnownZero, KnownOne, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1071 | KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth, Q, KZF, |
| 1072 | KOF); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1073 | break; |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1074 | } |
| 1075 | case Instruction::AShr: { |
Sylvestre Ledru | 91ce36c | 2012-09-27 10:14:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1076 | // (ashr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0 |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1077 | auto KZF = [BitWidth](const APInt &KnownZero, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
| 1078 | return APIntOps::ashr(KnownZero, ShiftAmt); |
| 1079 | }; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1080 | |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1081 | auto KOF = [BitWidth](const APInt &KnownOne, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
| 1082 | return APIntOps::ashr(KnownOne, ShiftAmt); |
| 1083 | }; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1084 | |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1085 | computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator(I, KnownZero, KnownOne, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1086 | KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth, Q, KZF, |
| 1087 | KOF); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1088 | break; |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1089 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1090 | case Instruction::Sub: { |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 | bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap(); |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 | computeKnownBitsAddSub(false, I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1), NSW, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | KnownZero, KnownOne, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth, |
| 1094 | Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1095 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1096 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1097 | case Instruction::Add: { |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1098 | bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap(); |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1099 | computeKnownBitsAddSub(true, I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1), NSW, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1100 | KnownZero, KnownOne, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth, |
| 1101 | Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1103 | } |
| 1104 | case Instruction::SRem: |
| 1105 | if (ConstantInt *Rem = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
Duncan Sands | 26cd6bd | 2010-01-29 06:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1106 | APInt RA = Rem->getValue().abs(); |
| 1107 | if (RA.isPowerOf2()) { |
| 1108 | APInt LowBits = RA - 1; |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1109 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1110 | Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1111 | |
Duncan Sands | 26cd6bd | 2010-01-29 06:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1112 | // The low bits of the first operand are unchanged by the srem. |
| 1113 | KnownZero = KnownZero2 & LowBits; |
| 1114 | KnownOne = KnownOne2 & LowBits; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1115 | |
Duncan Sands | 26cd6bd | 2010-01-29 06:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 | // If the first operand is non-negative or has all low bits zero, then |
| 1117 | // the upper bits are all zero. |
| 1118 | if (KnownZero2[BitWidth-1] || ((KnownZero2 & LowBits) == LowBits)) |
| 1119 | KnownZero |= ~LowBits; |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | // If the first operand is negative and not all low bits are zero, then |
| 1122 | // the upper bits are all one. |
| 1123 | if (KnownOne2[BitWidth-1] && ((KnownOne2 & LowBits) != 0)) |
| 1124 | KnownOne |= ~LowBits; |
| 1125 | |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 | assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?"); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | } |
| 1128 | } |
Nick Lewycky | e467979 | 2011-03-07 01:50:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1129 | |
| 1130 | // The sign bit is the LHS's sign bit, except when the result of the |
| 1131 | // remainder is zero. |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | if (KnownZero.isNonNegative()) { |
Nick Lewycky | e467979 | 2011-03-07 01:50:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1133 | APInt LHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), LHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1134 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth + 1, |
| 1135 | Q); |
Nick Lewycky | e467979 | 2011-03-07 01:50:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | // If it's known zero, our sign bit is also zero. |
| 1137 | if (LHSKnownZero.isNegative()) |
Duncan Sands | 34c4869 | 2012-04-30 11:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1138 | KnownZero.setBit(BitWidth - 1); |
Nick Lewycky | e467979 | 2011-03-07 01:50:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1139 | } |
| 1140 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | break; |
| 1142 | case Instruction::URem: { |
| 1143 | if (ConstantInt *Rem = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
| 1144 | APInt RA = Rem->getValue(); |
| 1145 | if (RA.isPowerOf2()) { |
| 1146 | APInt LowBits = (RA - 1); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1147 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1148 | KnownZero |= ~LowBits; |
| 1149 | KnownOne &= LowBits; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 | break; |
| 1151 | } |
| 1152 | } |
| 1153 | |
| 1154 | // Since the result is less than or equal to either operand, any leading |
| 1155 | // zero bits in either operand must also exist in the result. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1156 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1157 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1158 | |
Chris Lattner | 4612ae1 | 2009-01-20 18:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | unsigned Leaders = std::max(KnownZero.countLeadingOnes(), |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | KnownZero2.countLeadingOnes()); |
Jay Foad | 25a5e4c | 2010-12-01 08:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 | KnownOne.clearAllBits(); |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1162 | KnownZero = APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, Leaders); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1163 | break; |
| 1164 | } |
| 1165 | |
Victor Hernandez | a3aaf85 | 2009-10-17 01:18:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1166 | case Instruction::Alloca: { |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1167 | AllocaInst *AI = cast<AllocaInst>(I); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1168 | unsigned Align = AI->getAlignment(); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1169 | if (Align == 0) |
Eduard Burtescu | 90c4449 | 2016-01-18 00:10:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1170 | Align = Q.DL.getABITypeAlignment(AI->getAllocatedType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1171 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 | if (Align > 0) |
Michael J. Spencer | df1ecbd7 | 2013-05-24 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1173 | KnownZero = APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, countTrailingZeros(Align)); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1174 | break; |
| 1175 | } |
| 1176 | case Instruction::GetElementPtr: { |
| 1177 | // Analyze all of the subscripts of this getelementptr instruction |
| 1178 | // to determine if we can prove known low zero bits. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1179 | APInt LocalKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), LocalKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1180 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), LocalKnownZero, LocalKnownOne, Depth + 1, |
| 1181 | Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1182 | unsigned TrailZ = LocalKnownZero.countTrailingOnes(); |
| 1183 | |
| 1184 | gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(I); |
| 1185 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) { |
| 1186 | Value *Index = I->getOperand(i); |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1187 | if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1188 | // Handle struct member offset arithmetic. |
Matt Arsenault | 74742a1 | 2013-08-19 21:43:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1189 | |
| 1190 | // Handle case when index is vector zeroinitializer |
| 1191 | Constant *CIndex = cast<Constant>(Index); |
| 1192 | if (CIndex->isZeroValue()) |
| 1193 | continue; |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 | if (CIndex->getType()->isVectorTy()) |
| 1196 | Index = CIndex->getSplatValue(); |
| 1197 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | unsigned Idx = cast<ConstantInt>(Index)->getZExtValue(); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | const StructLayout *SL = Q.DL.getStructLayout(STy); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1200 | uint64_t Offset = SL->getElementOffset(Idx); |
Michael J. Spencer | df1ecbd7 | 2013-05-24 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1201 | TrailZ = std::min<unsigned>(TrailZ, |
| 1202 | countTrailingZeros(Offset)); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 | } else { |
| 1204 | // Handle array index arithmetic. |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1205 | Type *IndexedTy = GTI.getIndexedType(); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1206 | if (!IndexedTy->isSized()) { |
| 1207 | TrailZ = 0; |
| 1208 | break; |
| 1209 | } |
Dan Gohman | 7ccc52f | 2009-06-15 22:12:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1210 | unsigned GEPOpiBits = Index->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1211 | uint64_t TypeSize = Q.DL.getTypeAllocSize(IndexedTy); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1212 | LocalKnownZero = LocalKnownOne = APInt(GEPOpiBits, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1213 | computeKnownBits(Index, LocalKnownZero, LocalKnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1214 | TrailZ = std::min(TrailZ, |
Michael J. Spencer | df1ecbd7 | 2013-05-24 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1215 | unsigned(countTrailingZeros(TypeSize) + |
Chris Lattner | 4612ae1 | 2009-01-20 18:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1216 | LocalKnownZero.countTrailingOnes())); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1217 | } |
| 1218 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1219 | |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | KnownZero = APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, TrailZ); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1221 | break; |
| 1222 | } |
| 1223 | case Instruction::PHI: { |
| 1224 | PHINode *P = cast<PHINode>(I); |
| 1225 | // Handle the case of a simple two-predecessor recurrence PHI. |
| 1226 | // There's a lot more that could theoretically be done here, but |
| 1227 | // this is sufficient to catch some interesting cases. |
| 1228 | if (P->getNumIncomingValues() == 2) { |
| 1229 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != 2; ++i) { |
| 1230 | Value *L = P->getIncomingValue(i); |
| 1231 | Value *R = P->getIncomingValue(!i); |
Dan Gohman | 80ca01c | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1232 | Operator *LU = dyn_cast<Operator>(L); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1233 | if (!LU) |
| 1234 | continue; |
Dan Gohman | 80ca01c | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1235 | unsigned Opcode = LU->getOpcode(); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 | // Check for operations that have the property that if |
| 1237 | // both their operands have low zero bits, the result |
| 1238 | // will have low zero bits. |
| 1239 | if (Opcode == Instruction::Add || |
| 1240 | Opcode == Instruction::Sub || |
| 1241 | Opcode == Instruction::And || |
| 1242 | Opcode == Instruction::Or || |
| 1243 | Opcode == Instruction::Mul) { |
| 1244 | Value *LL = LU->getOperand(0); |
| 1245 | Value *LR = LU->getOperand(1); |
| 1246 | // Find a recurrence. |
| 1247 | if (LL == I) |
| 1248 | L = LR; |
| 1249 | else if (LR == I) |
| 1250 | L = LL; |
| 1251 | else |
| 1252 | break; |
| 1253 | // Ok, we have a PHI of the form L op= R. Check for low |
| 1254 | // zero bits. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1255 | computeKnownBits(R, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, Q); |
David Greene | aebd9e0 | 2008-10-27 23:24:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1256 | |
| 1257 | // We need to take the minimum number of known bits |
| 1258 | APInt KnownZero3(KnownZero), KnownOne3(KnownOne); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1259 | computeKnownBits(L, KnownZero3, KnownOne3, Depth + 1, Q); |
David Greene | aebd9e0 | 2008-10-27 23:24:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | KnownZero = APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, |
David Greene | aebd9e0 | 2008-10-27 23:24:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | std::min(KnownZero2.countTrailingOnes(), |
| 1263 | KnownZero3.countTrailingOnes())); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | break; |
| 1265 | } |
| 1266 | } |
| 1267 | } |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 | |
Nick Lewycky | ac0b62c | 2011-02-10 23:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | // Unreachable blocks may have zero-operand PHI nodes. |
| 1270 | if (P->getNumIncomingValues() == 0) |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 | break; |
Nick Lewycky | ac0b62c | 2011-02-10 23:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 | |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1273 | // Otherwise take the unions of the known bit sets of the operands, |
| 1274 | // taking conservative care to avoid excessive recursion. |
| 1275 | if (Depth < MaxDepth - 1 && !KnownZero && !KnownOne) { |
Duncan Sands | 7dc3d47 | 2011-03-08 12:39:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 | // Skip if every incoming value references to ourself. |
Nuno Lopes | 0d44a50 | 2012-07-03 21:15:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1277 | if (dyn_cast_or_null<UndefValue>(P->hasConstantValue())) |
Duncan Sands | 7dc3d47 | 2011-03-08 12:39:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1278 | break; |
| 1279 | |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1280 | KnownZero = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth); |
| 1281 | KnownOne = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth); |
Pete Cooper | 833f34d | 2015-05-12 20:05:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1282 | for (Value *IncValue : P->incoming_values()) { |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1283 | // Skip direct self references. |
Pete Cooper | 833f34d | 2015-05-12 20:05:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1284 | if (IncValue == P) continue; |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1285 | |
| 1286 | KnownZero2 = APInt(BitWidth, 0); |
| 1287 | KnownOne2 = APInt(BitWidth, 0); |
| 1288 | // Recurse, but cap the recursion to one level, because we don't |
| 1289 | // want to waste time spinning around in loops. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | computeKnownBits(IncValue, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, MaxDepth - 1, Q); |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1291 | KnownZero &= KnownZero2; |
| 1292 | KnownOne &= KnownOne2; |
| 1293 | // If all bits have been ruled out, there's no need to check |
| 1294 | // more operands. |
| 1295 | if (!KnownZero && !KnownOne) |
| 1296 | break; |
| 1297 | } |
| 1298 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | break; |
| 1300 | } |
| 1301 | case Instruction::Call: |
Jingyue Wu | 37fcb59 | 2014-06-19 16:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1302 | case Instruction::Invoke: |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | de36e80 | 2014-11-11 21:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | if (MDNode *MD = cast<Instruction>(I)->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) |
Sanjoy Das | 1d1929a | 2015-10-28 03:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 | computeKnownBitsFromRangeMetadata(*MD, KnownZero, KnownOne); |
Jingyue Wu | 37fcb59 | 2014-06-19 16:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 | // If a range metadata is attached to this IntrinsicInst, intersect the |
| 1306 | // explicit range specified by the metadata and the implicit range of |
| 1307 | // the intrinsic. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1308 | if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I)) { |
| 1309 | switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) { |
| 1310 | default: break; |
Philip Reames | 675418e | 2015-10-06 20:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1311 | case Intrinsic::bswap: |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1312 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Philip Reames | 675418e | 2015-10-06 20:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | KnownZero |= KnownZero2.byteSwap(); |
| 1314 | KnownOne |= KnownOne2.byteSwap(); |
| 1315 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1316 | case Intrinsic::ctlz: |
| 1317 | case Intrinsic::cttz: { |
| 1318 | unsigned LowBits = Log2_32(BitWidth)+1; |
Benjamin Kramer | 4ee5747 | 2011-12-24 17:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | // If this call is undefined for 0, the result will be less than 2^n. |
| 1320 | if (II->getArgOperand(1) == ConstantInt::getTrue(II->getContext())) |
| 1321 | LowBits -= 1; |
Jingyue Wu | 37fcb59 | 2014-06-19 16:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1322 | KnownZero |= APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LowBits); |
Benjamin Kramer | 4ee5747 | 2011-12-24 17:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1323 | break; |
| 1324 | } |
| 1325 | case Intrinsic::ctpop: { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Philip Reames | ddcf6b3 | 2015-10-14 22:42:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1327 | // We can bound the space the count needs. Also, bits known to be zero |
| 1328 | // can't contribute to the population. |
| 1329 | unsigned BitsPossiblySet = BitWidth - KnownZero2.countPopulation(); |
| 1330 | unsigned LeadingZeros = |
| 1331 | APInt(BitWidth, BitsPossiblySet).countLeadingZeros(); |
Aaron Ballman | 58f413c | 2015-10-15 13:55:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 | assert(LeadingZeros <= BitWidth); |
Philip Reames | ddcf6b3 | 2015-10-14 22:42:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | KnownZero |= APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, LeadingZeros); |
| 1334 | KnownOne &= ~KnownZero; |
| 1335 | // TODO: we could bound KnownOne using the lower bound on the number |
| 1336 | // of bits which might be set provided by popcnt KnownOne2. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1337 | break; |
| 1338 | } |
Sanjay Patel | 9115cf8 | 2015-10-08 16:56:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 | case Intrinsic::fabs: { |
| 1340 | Type *Ty = II->getType(); |
| 1341 | APInt SignBit = APInt::getSignBit(Ty->getScalarSizeInBits()); |
| 1342 | KnownZero |= APInt::getSplat(Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(), SignBit); |
| 1343 | break; |
| 1344 | } |
Chad Rosier | b362884 | 2011-05-26 23:13:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1345 | case Intrinsic::x86_sse42_crc32_64_64: |
Jingyue Wu | 37fcb59 | 2014-06-19 16:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1346 | KnownZero |= APInt::getHighBitsSet(64, 32); |
Evan Cheng | 2a746bf | 2011-05-22 18:25:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 | } |
| 1349 | } |
| 1350 | break; |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1351 | case Instruction::ExtractValue: |
| 1352 | if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I->getOperand(0))) { |
| 1353 | ExtractValueInst *EVI = cast<ExtractValueInst>(I); |
| 1354 | if (EVI->getNumIndices() != 1) break; |
| 1355 | if (EVI->getIndices()[0] == 0) { |
| 1356 | switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) { |
| 1357 | default: break; |
| 1358 | case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow: |
| 1359 | case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow: |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | computeKnownBitsAddSub(true, II->getArgOperand(0), |
| 1361 | II->getArgOperand(1), false, KnownZero, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 | KnownOne, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | break; |
| 1364 | case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow: |
| 1365 | case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow: |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 | computeKnownBitsAddSub(false, II->getArgOperand(0), |
| 1367 | II->getArgOperand(1), false, KnownZero, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1368 | KnownOne, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1369 | break; |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1370 | case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow: |
| 1371 | case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow: |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1372 | computeKnownBitsMul(II->getArgOperand(0), II->getArgOperand(1), false, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 | KnownZero, KnownOne, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth, |
| 1374 | Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | break; |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1376 | } |
| 1377 | } |
| 1378 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 | } |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | } |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 | /// Determine which bits of V are known to be either zero or one and return |
| 1383 | /// them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bit sets. |
| 1384 | /// |
| 1385 | /// NOTE: we cannot consider 'undef' to be "IsZero" here. The problem is that |
| 1386 | /// we cannot optimize based on the assumption that it is zero without changing |
| 1387 | /// it to be an explicit zero. If we don't change it to zero, other code could |
| 1388 | /// optimized based on the contradictory assumption that it is non-zero. |
| 1389 | /// Because instcombine aggressively folds operations with undef args anyway, |
| 1390 | /// this won't lose us code quality. |
| 1391 | /// |
| 1392 | /// This function is defined on values with integer type, values with pointer |
| 1393 | /// type, and vectors of integers. In the case |
| 1394 | /// where V is a vector, known zero, and known one values are the |
| 1395 | /// same width as the vector element, and the bit is set only if it is true |
| 1396 | /// for all of the elements in the vector. |
| 1397 | void computeKnownBits(Value *V, APInt &KnownZero, APInt &KnownOne, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1398 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1399 | assert(V && "No Value?"); |
| 1400 | assert(Depth <= MaxDepth && "Limit Search Depth"); |
| 1401 | unsigned BitWidth = KnownZero.getBitWidth(); |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | assert((V->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() || |
Sanjay Patel | 9115cf8 | 2015-10-08 16:56:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | V->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy() || |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | V->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) && |
Sanjay Patel | 9115cf8 | 2015-10-08 16:56:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | "Not integer, floating point, or pointer type!"); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 | assert((Q.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()->getScalarType()) == BitWidth) && |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | (!V->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() || |
| 1409 | V->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() == BitWidth) && |
| 1410 | KnownZero.getBitWidth() == BitWidth && |
| 1411 | KnownOne.getBitWidth() == BitWidth && |
| 1412 | "V, KnownOne and KnownZero should have same BitWidth"); |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) { |
| 1415 | // We know all of the bits for a constant! |
| 1416 | KnownOne = CI->getValue(); |
| 1417 | KnownZero = ~KnownOne; |
| 1418 | return; |
| 1419 | } |
| 1420 | // Null and aggregate-zero are all-zeros. |
| 1421 | if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V) || |
| 1422 | isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V)) { |
| 1423 | KnownOne.clearAllBits(); |
| 1424 | KnownZero = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth); |
| 1425 | return; |
| 1426 | } |
| 1427 | // Handle a constant vector by taking the intersection of the known bits of |
| 1428 | // each element. There is no real need to handle ConstantVector here, because |
| 1429 | // we don't handle undef in any particularly useful way. |
| 1430 | if (ConstantDataSequential *CDS = dyn_cast<ConstantDataSequential>(V)) { |
| 1431 | // We know that CDS must be a vector of integers. Take the intersection of |
| 1432 | // each element. |
| 1433 | KnownZero.setAllBits(); KnownOne.setAllBits(); |
| 1434 | APInt Elt(KnownZero.getBitWidth(), 0); |
| 1435 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = CDS->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1436 | Elt = CDS->getElementAsInteger(i); |
| 1437 | KnownZero &= ~Elt; |
| 1438 | KnownOne &= Elt; |
| 1439 | } |
| 1440 | return; |
| 1441 | } |
| 1442 | |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 | // Start out not knowing anything. |
| 1444 | KnownZero.clearAllBits(); KnownOne.clearAllBits(); |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 | // Limit search depth. |
| 1447 | // All recursive calls that increase depth must come after this. |
| 1448 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) |
| 1449 | return; |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 | // A weak GlobalAlias is totally unknown. A non-weak GlobalAlias has |
| 1452 | // the bits of its aliasee. |
| 1453 | if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V)) { |
Sanjoy Das | 5ce3272 | 2016-04-08 00:48:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1454 | if (!GA->isInterposable()) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1455 | computeKnownBits(GA->getAliasee(), KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | return; |
| 1457 | } |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | if (Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V)) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1460 | computeKnownBitsFromOperator(I, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth, Q); |
Sanjay Patel | a67559c | 2015-09-25 20:12:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1461 | |
Artur Pilipenko | 029d853 | 2015-09-30 11:55:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 | // Aligned pointers have trailing zeros - refine KnownZero set |
| 1463 | if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) { |
Artur Pilipenko | ae51afc | 2016-02-24 12:25:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1464 | unsigned Align = V->getPointerAlignment(Q.DL); |
Artur Pilipenko | 029d853 | 2015-09-30 11:55:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1465 | if (Align) |
| 1466 | KnownZero |= APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, countTrailingZeros(Align)); |
| 1467 | } |
| 1468 | |
Philip Reames | 146307e | 2016-03-03 19:44:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1469 | // computeKnownBitsFromAssume strictly refines KnownZero and |
| 1470 | // KnownOne. Therefore, we run them after computeKnownBitsFromOperator. |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1471 | |
| 1472 | // Check whether a nearby assume intrinsic can determine some known bits. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1473 | computeKnownBitsFromAssume(V, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth, Q); |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1474 | |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1475 | assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?"); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1476 | } |
| 1477 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1478 | /// Determine whether the sign bit is known to be zero or one. |
| 1479 | /// Convenience wrapper around computeKnownBits. |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | void ComputeSignBit(Value *V, bool &KnownZero, bool &KnownOne, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1481 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
| 1482 | unsigned BitWidth = getBitWidth(V->getType(), Q.DL); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1483 | if (!BitWidth) { |
| 1484 | KnownZero = false; |
| 1485 | KnownOne = false; |
| 1486 | return; |
| 1487 | } |
| 1488 | APInt ZeroBits(BitWidth, 0); |
| 1489 | APInt OneBits(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1490 | computeKnownBits(V, ZeroBits, OneBits, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1491 | KnownOne = OneBits[BitWidth - 1]; |
| 1492 | KnownZero = ZeroBits[BitWidth - 1]; |
| 1493 | } |
| 1494 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1495 | /// Return true if the given value is known to have exactly one |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | /// bit set when defined. For vectors return true if every element is known to |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1497 | /// be a power of two when defined. Supports values with integer or pointer |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1498 | /// types and vectors of integers. |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1499 | bool isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Value *V, bool OrZero, unsigned Depth, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 | const Query &Q) { |
Duncan Sands | ba286d7 | 2011-10-26 20:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1501 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) { |
| 1502 | if (C->isNullValue()) |
| 1503 | return OrZero; |
| 1504 | if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C)) |
| 1505 | return CI->getValue().isPowerOf2(); |
| 1506 | // TODO: Handle vector constants. |
| 1507 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1508 | |
| 1509 | // 1 << X is clearly a power of two if the one is not shifted off the end. If |
| 1510 | // it is shifted off the end then the result is undefined. |
| 1511 | if (match(V, m_Shl(m_One(), m_Value()))) |
| 1512 | return true; |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 | // (signbit) >>l X is clearly a power of two if the one is not shifted off the |
| 1515 | // bottom. If it is shifted off the bottom then the result is undefined. |
Duncan Sands | 4b397fc | 2011-02-01 08:50:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1516 | if (match(V, m_LShr(m_SignBit(), m_Value()))) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1517 | return true; |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 | // The remaining tests are all recursive, so bail out if we hit the limit. |
| 1520 | if (Depth++ == MaxDepth) |
| 1521 | return false; |
| 1522 | |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1523 | Value *X = nullptr, *Y = nullptr; |
Sanjay Patel | 41160c2 | 2015-12-30 22:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1524 | // A shift left or a logical shift right of a power of two is a power of two |
| 1525 | // or zero. |
Duncan Sands | 985ba63 | 2011-10-28 18:30:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1526 | if (OrZero && (match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(X), m_Value())) || |
Sanjay Patel | 41160c2 | 2015-12-30 22:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1527 | match(V, m_LShr(m_Value(X), m_Value())))) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1528 | return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, /*OrZero*/ true, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | 985ba63 | 2011-10-28 18:30:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1530 | if (ZExtInst *ZI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(V)) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(ZI->getOperand(0), OrZero, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1532 | |
| 1533 | if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(SI->getTrueValue(), OrZero, Depth, Q) && |
| 1535 | isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(SI->getFalseValue(), OrZero, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | ba286d7 | 2011-10-26 20:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | |
Duncan Sands | ba286d7 | 2011-10-26 20:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1537 | if (OrZero && match(V, m_And(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
| 1538 | // A power of two and'd with anything is a power of two or zero. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1539 | if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, /*OrZero*/ true, Depth, Q) || |
| 1540 | isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Y, /*OrZero*/ true, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | ba286d7 | 2011-10-26 20:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1541 | return true; |
| 1542 | // X & (-X) is always a power of two or zero. |
| 1543 | if (match(X, m_Neg(m_Specific(Y))) || match(Y, m_Neg(m_Specific(X)))) |
| 1544 | return true; |
| 1545 | return false; |
| 1546 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 | |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1548 | // Adding a power-of-two or zero to the same power-of-two or zero yields |
| 1549 | // either the original power-of-two, a larger power-of-two or zero. |
| 1550 | if (match(V, m_Add(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
| 1551 | OverflowingBinaryOperator *VOBO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(V); |
| 1552 | if (OrZero || VOBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap() || VOBO->hasNoSignedWrap()) { |
| 1553 | if (match(X, m_And(m_Specific(Y), m_Value())) || |
| 1554 | match(X, m_And(m_Value(), m_Specific(Y)))) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1555 | if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Y, OrZero, Depth, Q)) |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1556 | return true; |
| 1557 | if (match(Y, m_And(m_Specific(X), m_Value())) || |
| 1558 | match(Y, m_And(m_Value(), m_Specific(X)))) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1559 | if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, OrZero, Depth, Q)) |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | return true; |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 | unsigned BitWidth = V->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
| 1563 | APInt LHSZeroBits(BitWidth, 0), LHSOneBits(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1564 | computeKnownBits(X, LHSZeroBits, LHSOneBits, Depth, Q); |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1565 | |
| 1566 | APInt RHSZeroBits(BitWidth, 0), RHSOneBits(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1567 | computeKnownBits(Y, RHSZeroBits, RHSOneBits, Depth, Q); |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1568 | // If i8 V is a power of two or zero: |
| 1569 | // ZeroBits: 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 |
| 1570 | // ~ZeroBits: 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 |
| 1571 | if ((~(LHSZeroBits & RHSZeroBits)).isPowerOf2()) |
| 1572 | // If OrZero isn't set, we cannot give back a zero result. |
| 1573 | // Make sure either the LHS or RHS has a bit set. |
| 1574 | if (OrZero || RHSOneBits.getBoolValue() || LHSOneBits.getBoolValue()) |
| 1575 | return true; |
| 1576 | } |
| 1577 | } |
David Majnemer | beab567 | 2013-05-18 19:30:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1578 | |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | // An exact divide or right shift can only shift off zero bits, so the result |
Nick Lewycky | f0469af | 2011-03-21 21:40:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | // is a power of two only if the first operand is a power of two and not |
| 1581 | // copying a sign bit (sdiv int_min, 2). |
Benjamin Kramer | 9442cd0 | 2012-01-01 17:55:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 | if (match(V, m_Exact(m_LShr(m_Value(), m_Value()))) || |
| 1583 | match(V, m_Exact(m_UDiv(m_Value(), m_Value())))) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1584 | return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(cast<Operator>(V)->getOperand(0), OrZero, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1585 | Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1586 | } |
| 1587 | |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 | return false; |
| 1589 | } |
| 1590 | |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1591 | /// \brief Test whether a GEP's result is known to be non-null. |
| 1592 | /// |
| 1593 | /// Uses properties inherent in a GEP to try to determine whether it is known |
| 1594 | /// to be non-null. |
| 1595 | /// |
| 1596 | /// Currently this routine does not support vector GEPs. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1597 | static bool isGEPKnownNonNull(GEPOperator *GEP, unsigned Depth, |
| 1598 | const Query &Q) { |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 | if (!GEP->isInBounds() || GEP->getPointerAddressSpace() != 0) |
| 1600 | return false; |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | // FIXME: Support vector-GEPs. |
| 1603 | assert(GEP->getType()->isPointerTy() && "We only support plain pointer GEP"); |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | // If the base pointer is non-null, we cannot walk to a null address with an |
| 1606 | // inbounds GEP in address space zero. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1607 | if (isKnownNonZero(GEP->getPointerOperand(), Depth, Q)) |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | return true; |
| 1609 | |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1610 | // Walk the GEP operands and see if any operand introduces a non-zero offset. |
| 1611 | // If so, then the GEP cannot produce a null pointer, as doing so would |
| 1612 | // inherently violate the inbounds contract within address space zero. |
| 1613 | for (gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP), GTE = gep_type_end(GEP); |
| 1614 | GTI != GTE; ++GTI) { |
| 1615 | // Struct types are easy -- they must always be indexed by a constant. |
| 1616 | if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) { |
| 1617 | ConstantInt *OpC = cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand()); |
| 1618 | unsigned ElementIdx = OpC->getZExtValue(); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1619 | const StructLayout *SL = Q.DL.getStructLayout(STy); |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 | uint64_t ElementOffset = SL->getElementOffset(ElementIdx); |
| 1621 | if (ElementOffset > 0) |
| 1622 | return true; |
| 1623 | continue; |
| 1624 | } |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | // If we have a zero-sized type, the index doesn't matter. Keep looping. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1627 | if (Q.DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) == 0) |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 | continue; |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 | // Fast path the constant operand case both for efficiency and so we don't |
| 1631 | // increment Depth when just zipping down an all-constant GEP. |
| 1632 | if (ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand())) { |
| 1633 | if (!OpC->isZero()) |
| 1634 | return true; |
| 1635 | continue; |
| 1636 | } |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 | // We post-increment Depth here because while isKnownNonZero increments it |
| 1639 | // as well, when we pop back up that increment won't persist. We don't want |
| 1640 | // to recurse 10k times just because we have 10k GEP operands. We don't |
| 1641 | // bail completely out because we want to handle constant GEPs regardless |
| 1642 | // of depth. |
| 1643 | if (Depth++ >= MaxDepth) |
| 1644 | continue; |
| 1645 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 | if (isKnownNonZero(GTI.getOperand(), Depth, Q)) |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1647 | return true; |
| 1648 | } |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | return false; |
| 1651 | } |
| 1652 | |
Philip Reames | 4cb4d3e | 2014-10-30 20:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1653 | /// Does the 'Range' metadata (which must be a valid MD_range operand list) |
| 1654 | /// ensure that the value it's attached to is never Value? 'RangeType' is |
| 1655 | /// is the type of the value described by the range. |
| 1656 | static bool rangeMetadataExcludesValue(MDNode* Ranges, |
| 1657 | const APInt& Value) { |
| 1658 | const unsigned NumRanges = Ranges->getNumOperands() / 2; |
| 1659 | assert(NumRanges >= 1); |
| 1660 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumRanges; ++i) { |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 5bf8fef | 2014-12-09 18:38:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1661 | ConstantInt *Lower = |
| 1662 | mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges->getOperand(2 * i + 0)); |
| 1663 | ConstantInt *Upper = |
| 1664 | mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges->getOperand(2 * i + 1)); |
Philip Reames | 4cb4d3e | 2014-10-30 20:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1665 | ConstantRange Range(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue()); |
| 1666 | if (Range.contains(Value)) |
| 1667 | return false; |
| 1668 | } |
| 1669 | return true; |
| 1670 | } |
| 1671 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1672 | /// Return true if the given value is known to be non-zero when defined. |
| 1673 | /// For vectors return true if every element is known to be non-zero when |
| 1674 | /// defined. Supports values with integer or pointer type and vectors of |
| 1675 | /// integers. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1676 | bool isKnownNonZero(Value *V, unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1677 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) { |
| 1678 | if (C->isNullValue()) |
| 1679 | return false; |
| 1680 | if (isa<ConstantInt>(C)) |
| 1681 | // Must be non-zero due to null test above. |
| 1682 | return true; |
| 1683 | // TODO: Handle vectors |
| 1684 | return false; |
| 1685 | } |
| 1686 | |
Philip Reames | 4cb4d3e | 2014-10-30 20:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1687 | if (Instruction* I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | de36e80 | 2014-11-11 21:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1688 | if (MDNode *Ranges = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) { |
Philip Reames | 4cb4d3e | 2014-10-30 20:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 | // If the possible ranges don't contain zero, then the value is |
| 1690 | // definitely non-zero. |
| 1691 | if (IntegerType* Ty = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())) { |
| 1692 | const APInt ZeroValue(Ty->getBitWidth(), 0); |
| 1693 | if (rangeMetadataExcludesValue(Ranges, ZeroValue)) |
| 1694 | return true; |
| 1695 | } |
| 1696 | } |
| 1697 | } |
| 1698 | |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1699 | // The remaining tests are all recursive, so bail out if we hit the limit. |
Duncan Sands | 7cb61e5 | 2011-10-27 19:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1700 | if (Depth++ >= MaxDepth) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1701 | return false; |
| 1702 | |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1703 | // Check for pointer simplifications. |
| 1704 | if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) { |
Manman Ren | 1217112 | 2013-03-18 21:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | if (isKnownNonNull(V)) |
| 1706 | return true; |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1707 | if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V)) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1708 | if (isGEPKnownNonNull(GEP, Depth, Q)) |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 | return true; |
| 1710 | } |
| 1711 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1712 | unsigned BitWidth = getBitWidth(V->getType()->getScalarType(), Q.DL); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1713 | |
| 1714 | // X | Y != 0 if X != 0 or Y != 0. |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1715 | Value *X = nullptr, *Y = nullptr; |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | if (match(V, m_Or(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q) || isKnownNonZero(Y, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 | |
| 1719 | // ext X != 0 if X != 0. |
| 1720 | if (isa<SExtInst>(V) || isa<ZExtInst>(V)) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1721 | return isKnownNonZero(cast<Instruction>(V)->getOperand(0), Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1722 | |
Duncan Sands | 2e9e4f1 | 2011-01-29 13:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1723 | // shl X, Y != 0 if X is odd. Note that the value of the shift is undefined |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1724 | // if the lowest bit is shifted off the end. |
| 1725 | if (BitWidth && match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | // shl nuw can't remove any non-zero bits. |
Duncan Sands | 7cb61e5 | 2011-10-27 19:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | OverflowingBinaryOperator *BO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(V); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1728 | if (BO->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1729 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1730 | |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1731 | APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0); |
| 1732 | APInt KnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1733 | computeKnownBits(X, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1734 | if (KnownOne[0]) |
| 1735 | return true; |
| 1736 | } |
Duncan Sands | 2e9e4f1 | 2011-01-29 13:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1737 | // shr X, Y != 0 if X is negative. Note that the value of the shift is not |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1738 | // defined if the sign bit is shifted off the end. |
| 1739 | else if (match(V, m_Shr(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1740 | // shr exact can only shift out zero bits. |
Duncan Sands | 7cb61e5 | 2011-10-27 19:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1741 | PossiblyExactOperator *BO = cast<PossiblyExactOperator>(V); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 | if (BO->isExact()) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1744 | |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1745 | bool XKnownNonNegative, XKnownNegative; |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1746 | ComputeSignBit(X, XKnownNonNegative, XKnownNegative, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1747 | if (XKnownNegative) |
| 1748 | return true; |
James Molloy | b6be1eb | 2015-09-24 16:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1749 | |
| 1750 | // If the shifter operand is a constant, and all of the bits shifted |
| 1751 | // out are known to be zero, and X is known non-zero then at least one |
| 1752 | // non-zero bit must remain. |
| 1753 | if (ConstantInt *Shift = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Y)) { |
| 1754 | APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0); |
| 1755 | APInt KnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1756 | computeKnownBits(X, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth, Q); |
James Molloy | b6be1eb | 2015-09-24 16:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 | |
| 1758 | auto ShiftVal = Shift->getLimitedValue(BitWidth - 1); |
| 1759 | // Is there a known one in the portion not shifted out? |
| 1760 | if (KnownOne.countLeadingZeros() < BitWidth - ShiftVal) |
| 1761 | return true; |
| 1762 | // Are all the bits to be shifted out known zero? |
| 1763 | if (KnownZero.countTrailingOnes() >= ShiftVal) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q); |
James Molloy | b6be1eb | 2015-09-24 16:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1765 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1766 | } |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 | // div exact can only produce a zero if the dividend is zero. |
Benjamin Kramer | 9442cd0 | 2012-01-01 17:55:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 | else if (match(V, m_Exact(m_IDiv(m_Value(X), m_Value())))) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1770 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1771 | // X + Y. |
| 1772 | else if (match(V, m_Add(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
| 1773 | bool XKnownNonNegative, XKnownNegative; |
| 1774 | bool YKnownNonNegative, YKnownNegative; |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1775 | ComputeSignBit(X, XKnownNonNegative, XKnownNegative, Depth, Q); |
| 1776 | ComputeSignBit(Y, YKnownNonNegative, YKnownNegative, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1777 | |
| 1778 | // If X and Y are both non-negative (as signed values) then their sum is not |
Duncan Sands | 9e9d5b2 | 2011-01-25 15:14:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 | // zero unless both X and Y are zero. |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 | if (XKnownNonNegative && YKnownNonNegative) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | if (isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q) || isKnownNonZero(Y, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | 9e9d5b2 | 2011-01-25 15:14:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1782 | return true; |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1783 | |
| 1784 | // If X and Y are both negative (as signed values) then their sum is not |
| 1785 | // zero unless both X and Y equal INT_MIN. |
| 1786 | if (BitWidth && XKnownNegative && YKnownNegative) { |
| 1787 | APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0); |
| 1788 | APInt KnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
| 1789 | APInt Mask = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth); |
| 1790 | // The sign bit of X is set. If some other bit is set then X is not equal |
| 1791 | // to INT_MIN. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 | computeKnownBits(X, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 | if ((KnownOne & Mask) != 0) |
| 1794 | return true; |
| 1795 | // The sign bit of Y is set. If some other bit is set then Y is not equal |
| 1796 | // to INT_MIN. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 | computeKnownBits(Y, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1798 | if ((KnownOne & Mask) != 0) |
| 1799 | return true; |
| 1800 | } |
| 1801 | |
| 1802 | // The sum of a non-negative number and a power of two is not zero. |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | if (XKnownNonNegative && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1804 | isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Y, /*OrZero*/ false, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1805 | return true; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1806 | if (YKnownNonNegative && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1807 | isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, /*OrZero*/ false, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 | return true; |
| 1809 | } |
Duncan Sands | 7cb61e5 | 2011-10-27 19:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1810 | // X * Y. |
| 1811 | else if (match(V, m_Mul(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
| 1812 | OverflowingBinaryOperator *BO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(V); |
| 1813 | // If X and Y are non-zero then so is X * Y as long as the multiplication |
| 1814 | // does not overflow. |
| 1815 | if ((BO->hasNoSignedWrap() || BO->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 | isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q) && isKnownNonZero(Y, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | 7cb61e5 | 2011-10-27 19:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | return true; |
| 1818 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1819 | // (C ? X : Y) != 0 if X != 0 and Y != 0. |
| 1820 | else if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 | if (isKnownNonZero(SI->getTrueValue(), Depth, Q) && |
| 1822 | isKnownNonZero(SI->getFalseValue(), Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 | return true; |
| 1824 | } |
James Molloy | 897048b | 2015-09-29 14:08:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | // PHI |
| 1826 | else if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) { |
| 1827 | // Try and detect a recurrence that monotonically increases from a |
| 1828 | // starting value, as these are common as induction variables. |
| 1829 | if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2) { |
| 1830 | Value *Start = PN->getIncomingValue(0); |
| 1831 | Value *Induction = PN->getIncomingValue(1); |
| 1832 | if (isa<ConstantInt>(Induction) && !isa<ConstantInt>(Start)) |
| 1833 | std::swap(Start, Induction); |
| 1834 | if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Start)) { |
| 1835 | if (!C->isZero() && !C->isNegative()) { |
| 1836 | ConstantInt *X; |
| 1837 | if ((match(Induction, m_NSWAdd(m_Specific(PN), m_ConstantInt(X))) || |
| 1838 | match(Induction, m_NUWAdd(m_Specific(PN), m_ConstantInt(X)))) && |
| 1839 | !X->isNegative()) |
| 1840 | return true; |
| 1841 | } |
| 1842 | } |
| 1843 | } |
Jun Bum Lim | ca83266 | 2016-02-01 17:03:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1844 | // Check if all incoming values are non-zero constant. |
| 1845 | bool AllNonZeroConstants = all_of(PN->operands(), [](Value *V) { |
| 1846 | return isa<ConstantInt>(V) && !cast<ConstantInt>(V)->isZeroValue(); |
| 1847 | }); |
| 1848 | if (AllNonZeroConstants) |
| 1849 | return true; |
James Molloy | 897048b | 2015-09-29 14:08:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | |
| 1852 | if (!BitWidth) return false; |
| 1853 | APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0); |
| 1854 | APInt KnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | computeKnownBits(V, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1856 | return KnownOne != 0; |
| 1857 | } |
| 1858 | |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 | /// Return true if V2 == V1 + X, where X is known non-zero. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1860 | static bool isAddOfNonZero(Value *V1, Value *V2, const Query &Q) { |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1861 | BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(V1); |
| 1862 | if (!BO || BO->getOpcode() != Instruction::Add) |
| 1863 | return false; |
| 1864 | Value *Op = nullptr; |
| 1865 | if (V2 == BO->getOperand(0)) |
| 1866 | Op = BO->getOperand(1); |
| 1867 | else if (V2 == BO->getOperand(1)) |
| 1868 | Op = BO->getOperand(0); |
| 1869 | else |
| 1870 | return false; |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1871 | return isKnownNonZero(Op, 0, Q); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | } |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 | /// Return true if it is known that V1 != V2. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1875 | static bool isKnownNonEqual(Value *V1, Value *V2, const Query &Q) { |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1876 | if (V1->getType()->isVectorTy() || V1 == V2) |
| 1877 | return false; |
| 1878 | if (V1->getType() != V2->getType()) |
| 1879 | // We can't look through casts yet. |
| 1880 | return false; |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1881 | if (isAddOfNonZero(V1, V2, Q) || isAddOfNonZero(V2, V1, Q)) |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1882 | return true; |
| 1883 | |
| 1884 | if (IntegerType *Ty = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(V1->getType())) { |
| 1885 | // Are any known bits in V1 contradictory to known bits in V2? If V1 |
| 1886 | // has a known zero where V2 has a known one, they must not be equal. |
| 1887 | auto BitWidth = Ty->getBitWidth(); |
| 1888 | APInt KnownZero1(BitWidth, 0); |
| 1889 | APInt KnownOne1(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | computeKnownBits(V1, KnownZero1, KnownOne1, 0, Q); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 | APInt KnownZero2(BitWidth, 0); |
| 1892 | APInt KnownOne2(BitWidth, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1893 | computeKnownBits(V2, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, 0, Q); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1894 | |
| 1895 | auto OppositeBits = (KnownZero1 & KnownOne2) | (KnownZero2 & KnownOne1); |
| 1896 | if (OppositeBits.getBoolValue()) |
| 1897 | return true; |
| 1898 | } |
| 1899 | return false; |
| 1900 | } |
| 1901 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 | /// Return true if 'V & Mask' is known to be zero. We use this predicate to |
| 1903 | /// simplify operations downstream. Mask is known to be zero for bits that V |
| 1904 | /// cannot have. |
Chris Lattner | 4bc2825 | 2009-09-08 00:06:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1905 | /// |
| 1906 | /// This function is defined on values with integer type, values with pointer |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1907 | /// type, and vectors of integers. In the case |
Chris Lattner | 4bc2825 | 2009-09-08 00:06:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1908 | /// where V is a vector, the mask, known zero, and known one values are the |
| 1909 | /// same width as the vector element, and the bit is set only if it is true |
| 1910 | /// for all of the elements in the vector. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1911 | bool MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, const APInt &Mask, unsigned Depth, |
| 1912 | const Query &Q) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 | APInt KnownZero(Mask.getBitWidth(), 0), KnownOne(Mask.getBitWidth(), 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1914 | computeKnownBits(V, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1915 | return (KnownZero & Mask) == Mask; |
| 1916 | } |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1920 | /// Return the number of times the sign bit of the register is replicated into |
| 1921 | /// the other bits. We know that at least 1 bit is always equal to the sign bit |
| 1922 | /// (itself), but other cases can give us information. For example, immediately |
| 1923 | /// after an "ashr X, 2", we know that the top 3 bits are all equal to each |
| 1924 | /// other, so we return 3. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1925 | /// |
| 1926 | /// 'Op' must have a scalar integer type. |
| 1927 | /// |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1928 | unsigned ComputeNumSignBits(Value *V, unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
| 1929 | unsigned TyBits = Q.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()->getScalarType()); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1930 | unsigned Tmp, Tmp2; |
| 1931 | unsigned FirstAnswer = 1; |
| 1932 | |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1933 | // Note that ConstantInt is handled by the general computeKnownBits case |
Chris Lattner | 2e01a69 | 2008-06-02 18:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1934 | // below. |
| 1935 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1936 | if (Depth == 6) |
| 1937 | return 1; // Limit search depth. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1938 | |
Dan Gohman | 80ca01c | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1939 | Operator *U = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
| 1940 | switch (Operator::getOpcode(V)) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1941 | default: break; |
| 1942 | case Instruction::SExt: |
Mon P Wang | bb3eac9 | 2009-12-02 04:59:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1943 | Tmp = TyBits - U->getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1944 | return ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q) + Tmp; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1945 | |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1946 | case Instruction::SDiv: { |
Nadav Rotem | 029c5c7 | 2015-03-03 21:39:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 | const APInt *Denominator; |
| 1948 | // sdiv X, C -> adds log(C) sign bits. |
| 1949 | if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(Denominator))) { |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 | // Ignore non-positive denominator. |
| 1952 | if (!Denominator->isStrictlyPositive()) |
| 1953 | break; |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 | // Calculate the incoming numerator bits. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1956 | unsigned NumBits = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Nadav Rotem | 029c5c7 | 2015-03-03 21:39:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1957 | |
| 1958 | // Add floor(log(C)) bits to the numerator bits. |
| 1959 | return std::min(TyBits, NumBits + Denominator->logBase2()); |
| 1960 | } |
| 1961 | break; |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1962 | } |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 | case Instruction::SRem: { |
| 1965 | const APInt *Denominator; |
Sanjoy Das | e561fee | 2015-03-25 22:33:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 | // srem X, C -> we know that the result is within [-C+1,C) when C is a |
| 1967 | // positive constant. This let us put a lower bound on the number of sign |
| 1968 | // bits. |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1969 | if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(Denominator))) { |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 | // Ignore non-positive denominator. |
| 1972 | if (!Denominator->isStrictlyPositive()) |
| 1973 | break; |
| 1974 | |
| 1975 | // Calculate the incoming numerator bits. SRem by a positive constant |
| 1976 | // can't lower the number of sign bits. |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1977 | unsigned NumrBits = |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1978 | ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 | |
| 1980 | // Calculate the leading sign bit constraints by examining the |
Sanjoy Das | e561fee | 2015-03-25 22:33:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1981 | // denominator. Given that the denominator is positive, there are two |
| 1982 | // cases: |
| 1983 | // |
| 1984 | // 1. the numerator is positive. The result range is [0,C) and [0,C) u< |
| 1985 | // (1 << ceilLogBase2(C)). |
| 1986 | // |
| 1987 | // 2. the numerator is negative. Then the result range is (-C,0] and |
| 1988 | // integers in (-C,0] are either 0 or >u (-1 << ceilLogBase2(C)). |
| 1989 | // |
| 1990 | // Thus a lower bound on the number of sign bits is `TyBits - |
| 1991 | // ceilLogBase2(C)`. |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 | |
Sanjoy Das | e561fee | 2015-03-25 22:33:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 | unsigned ResBits = TyBits - Denominator->ceilLogBase2(); |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1994 | return std::max(NumrBits, ResBits); |
| 1995 | } |
| 1996 | break; |
| 1997 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 029c5c7 | 2015-03-03 21:39:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1998 | |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | case Instruction::AShr: { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | // ashr X, C -> adds C sign bits. Vectors too. |
| 2002 | const APInt *ShAmt; |
| 2003 | if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(ShAmt))) { |
| 2004 | Tmp += ShAmt->getZExtValue(); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2005 | if (Tmp > TyBits) Tmp = TyBits; |
| 2006 | } |
| 2007 | return Tmp; |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2008 | } |
| 2009 | case Instruction::Shl: { |
| 2010 | const APInt *ShAmt; |
| 2011 | if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(ShAmt))) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2012 | // shl destroys sign bits. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2013 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2014 | Tmp2 = ShAmt->getZExtValue(); |
| 2015 | if (Tmp2 >= TyBits || // Bad shift. |
| 2016 | Tmp2 >= Tmp) break; // Shifted all sign bits out. |
| 2017 | return Tmp - Tmp2; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2018 | } |
| 2019 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2020 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2021 | case Instruction::And: |
| 2022 | case Instruction::Or: |
| 2023 | case Instruction::Xor: // NOT is handled here. |
| 2024 | // Logical binary ops preserve the number of sign bits at the worst. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2026 | if (Tmp != 1) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 | FirstAnswer = std::min(Tmp, Tmp2); |
| 2029 | // We computed what we know about the sign bits as our first |
| 2030 | // answer. Now proceed to the generic code that uses |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2031 | // computeKnownBits, and pick whichever answer is better. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2032 | } |
| 2033 | break; |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 | case Instruction::Select: |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2036 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2037 | if (Tmp == 1) return 1; // Early out. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2038 | Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(2), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2039 | return std::min(Tmp, Tmp2); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2040 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | case Instruction::Add: |
| 2042 | // Add can have at most one carry bit. Thus we know that the output |
| 2043 | // is, at worst, one more bit than the inputs. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2044 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2045 | if (Tmp == 1) return 1; // Early out. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2046 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2047 | // Special case decrementing a value (ADD X, -1): |
David Majnemer | a55027f | 2014-12-26 09:20:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2048 | if (const auto *CRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(U->getOperand(1))) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2049 | if (CRHS->isAllOnesValue()) { |
| 2050 | APInt KnownZero(TyBits, 0), KnownOne(TyBits, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2051 | computeKnownBits(U->getOperand(0), KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2052 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2053 | // If the input is known to be 0 or 1, the output is 0/-1, which is all |
| 2054 | // sign bits set. |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2055 | if ((KnownZero | APInt(TyBits, 1)).isAllOnesValue()) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2056 | return TyBits; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2057 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2058 | // If we are subtracting one from a positive number, there is no carry |
| 2059 | // out of the result. |
| 2060 | if (KnownZero.isNegative()) |
| 2061 | return Tmp; |
| 2062 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2064 | Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2065 | if (Tmp2 == 1) return 1; |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2066 | return std::min(Tmp, Tmp2)-1; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2067 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2068 | case Instruction::Sub: |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2069 | Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2070 | if (Tmp2 == 1) return 1; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2071 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 | // Handle NEG. |
David Majnemer | a55027f | 2014-12-26 09:20:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2073 | if (const auto *CLHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(U->getOperand(0))) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2074 | if (CLHS->isNullValue()) { |
| 2075 | APInt KnownZero(TyBits, 0), KnownOne(TyBits, 0); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2076 | computeKnownBits(U->getOperand(1), KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2077 | // If the input is known to be 0 or 1, the output is 0/-1, which is all |
| 2078 | // sign bits set. |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | if ((KnownZero | APInt(TyBits, 1)).isAllOnesValue()) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2080 | return TyBits; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2081 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2082 | // If the input is known to be positive (the sign bit is known clear), |
| 2083 | // the output of the NEG has the same number of sign bits as the input. |
| 2084 | if (KnownZero.isNegative()) |
| 2085 | return Tmp2; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2087 | // Otherwise, we treat this like a SUB. |
| 2088 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2089 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2090 | // Sub can have at most one carry bit. Thus we know that the output |
| 2091 | // is, at worst, one more bit than the inputs. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2092 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2093 | if (Tmp == 1) return 1; // Early out. |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2094 | return std::min(Tmp, Tmp2)-1; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2095 | |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2096 | case Instruction::PHI: { |
| 2097 | PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(U); |
David Majnemer | 6ee8d17 | 2015-01-04 07:06:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 | unsigned NumIncomingValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | // Don't analyze large in-degree PHIs. |
David Majnemer | 6ee8d17 | 2015-01-04 07:06:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2100 | if (NumIncomingValues > 4) break; |
| 2101 | // Unreachable blocks may have zero-operand PHI nodes. |
| 2102 | if (NumIncomingValues == 0) break; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2103 | |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2104 | // Take the minimum of all incoming values. This can't infinitely loop |
| 2105 | // because of our depth threshold. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(PN->getIncomingValue(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
David Majnemer | 6ee8d17 | 2015-01-04 07:06:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2107 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = NumIncomingValues; i != e; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 | if (Tmp == 1) return Tmp; |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2109 | Tmp = std::min( |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2110 | Tmp, ComputeNumSignBits(PN->getIncomingValue(i), Depth + 1, Q)); |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2111 | } |
| 2112 | return Tmp; |
| 2113 | } |
| 2114 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2115 | case Instruction::Trunc: |
| 2116 | // FIXME: it's tricky to do anything useful for this, but it is an important |
| 2117 | // case for targets like X86. |
| 2118 | break; |
| 2119 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2120 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2121 | // Finally, if we can prove that the top bits of the result are 0's or 1's, |
| 2122 | // use this information. |
| 2123 | APInt KnownZero(TyBits, 0), KnownOne(TyBits, 0); |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2124 | APInt Mask; |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2125 | computeKnownBits(V, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2126 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2127 | if (KnownZero.isNegative()) { // sign bit is 0 |
| 2128 | Mask = KnownZero; |
| 2129 | } else if (KnownOne.isNegative()) { // sign bit is 1; |
| 2130 | Mask = KnownOne; |
| 2131 | } else { |
| 2132 | // Nothing known. |
| 2133 | return FirstAnswer; |
| 2134 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2136 | // Okay, we know that the sign bit in Mask is set. Use CLZ to determine |
| 2137 | // the number of identical bits in the top of the input value. |
| 2138 | Mask = ~Mask; |
| 2139 | Mask <<= Mask.getBitWidth()-TyBits; |
| 2140 | // Return # leading zeros. We use 'min' here in case Val was zero before |
| 2141 | // shifting. We don't want to return '64' as for an i32 "0". |
| 2142 | return std::max(FirstAnswer, std::min(TyBits, Mask.countLeadingZeros())); |
| 2143 | } |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2145 | /// This function computes the integer multiple of Base that equals V. |
| 2146 | /// If successful, it returns true and returns the multiple in |
| 2147 | /// Multiple. If unsuccessful, it returns false. It looks |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2148 | /// through SExt instructions only if LookThroughSExt is true. |
| 2149 | bool llvm::ComputeMultiple(Value *V, unsigned Base, Value *&Multiple, |
Dan Gohman | 6a976bb | 2009-11-18 00:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2150 | bool LookThroughSExt, unsigned Depth) { |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 | const unsigned MaxDepth = 6; |
| 2152 | |
Dan Gohman | 6a976bb | 2009-11-18 00:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2153 | assert(V && "No Value?"); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2154 | assert(Depth <= MaxDepth && "Limit Search Depth"); |
Duncan Sands | 9dff9be | 2010-02-15 16:12:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2155 | assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy() && "Not integer or pointer type!"); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2156 | |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2157 | Type *T = V->getType(); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2158 | |
Dan Gohman | 6a976bb | 2009-11-18 00:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2159 | ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2160 | |
| 2161 | if (Base == 0) |
| 2162 | return false; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2163 | |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2164 | if (Base == 1) { |
| 2165 | Multiple = V; |
| 2166 | return true; |
| 2167 | } |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 | ConstantExpr *CO = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V); |
| 2170 | Constant *BaseVal = ConstantInt::get(T, Base); |
| 2171 | if (CO && CO == BaseVal) { |
| 2172 | // Multiple is 1. |
| 2173 | Multiple = ConstantInt::get(T, 1); |
| 2174 | return true; |
| 2175 | } |
| 2176 | |
| 2177 | if (CI && CI->getZExtValue() % Base == 0) { |
| 2178 | Multiple = ConstantInt::get(T, CI->getZExtValue() / Base); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2179 | return true; |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2180 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2181 | |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2182 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) return false; // Limit search depth. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2183 | |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2184 | Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
| 2185 | if (!I) return false; |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
| 2188 | default: break; |
Chris Lattner | 4f0b47d | 2009-11-26 01:50:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 | case Instruction::SExt: |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2190 | if (!LookThroughSExt) return false; |
| 2191 | // otherwise fall through to ZExt |
Chris Lattner | 4f0b47d | 2009-11-26 01:50:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2192 | case Instruction::ZExt: |
Dan Gohman | 6a976bb | 2009-11-18 00:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 | return ComputeMultiple(I->getOperand(0), Base, Multiple, |
| 2194 | LookThroughSExt, Depth+1); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2195 | case Instruction::Shl: |
| 2196 | case Instruction::Mul: { |
| 2197 | Value *Op0 = I->getOperand(0); |
| 2198 | Value *Op1 = I->getOperand(1); |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) { |
| 2201 | ConstantInt *Op1CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1); |
| 2202 | if (!Op1CI) return false; |
| 2203 | // Turn Op0 << Op1 into Op0 * 2^Op1 |
| 2204 | APInt Op1Int = Op1CI->getValue(); |
| 2205 | uint64_t BitToSet = Op1Int.getLimitedValue(Op1Int.getBitWidth() - 1); |
Jay Foad | 15084f0 | 2010-11-30 09:02:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 | APInt API(Op1Int.getBitWidth(), 0); |
Jay Foad | 25a5e4c | 2010-12-01 08:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2207 | API.setBit(BitToSet); |
Jay Foad | 15084f0 | 2010-11-30 09:02:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2208 | Op1 = ConstantInt::get(V->getContext(), API); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2209 | } |
| 2210 | |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2211 | Value *Mul0 = nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2212 | if (ComputeMultiple(Op0, Base, Mul0, LookThroughSExt, Depth+1)) { |
| 2213 | if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) |
| 2214 | if (Constant *MulC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Mul0)) { |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2215 | if (Op1C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() < |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2216 | MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) |
| 2217 | Op1C = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Op1C, MulC->getType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | if (Op1C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() > |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2219 | MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) |
| 2220 | MulC = ConstantExpr::getZExt(MulC, Op1C->getType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2221 | |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | // V == Base * (Mul0 * Op1), so return (Mul0 * Op1) |
| 2223 | Multiple = ConstantExpr::getMul(MulC, Op1C); |
| 2224 | return true; |
| 2225 | } |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 | |
| 2227 | if (ConstantInt *Mul0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Mul0)) |
| 2228 | if (Mul0CI->getValue() == 1) { |
| 2229 | // V == Base * Op1, so return Op1 |
| 2230 | Multiple = Op1; |
| 2231 | return true; |
| 2232 | } |
| 2233 | } |
| 2234 | |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2235 | Value *Mul1 = nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2236 | if (ComputeMultiple(Op1, Base, Mul1, LookThroughSExt, Depth+1)) { |
| 2237 | if (Constant *Op0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0)) |
| 2238 | if (Constant *MulC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Mul1)) { |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2239 | if (Op0C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() < |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2240 | MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) |
| 2241 | Op0C = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Op0C, MulC->getType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2242 | if (Op0C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() > |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2243 | MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) |
| 2244 | MulC = ConstantExpr::getZExt(MulC, Op0C->getType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 | // V == Base * (Mul1 * Op0), so return (Mul1 * Op0) |
| 2247 | Multiple = ConstantExpr::getMul(MulC, Op0C); |
| 2248 | return true; |
| 2249 | } |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | |
| 2251 | if (ConstantInt *Mul1CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Mul1)) |
| 2252 | if (Mul1CI->getValue() == 1) { |
| 2253 | // V == Base * Op0, so return Op0 |
| 2254 | Multiple = Op0; |
| 2255 | return true; |
| 2256 | } |
| 2257 | } |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2258 | } |
| 2259 | } |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 | // We could not determine if V is a multiple of Base. |
| 2262 | return false; |
| 2263 | } |
| 2264 | |
David Majnemer | b4b2723 | 2016-04-19 19:10:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 | /// \brief Check call has a unary float signature |
| 2266 | /// It checks following: |
| 2267 | /// a) call should have a single argument |
| 2268 | /// b) argument type should be floating point type |
| 2269 | /// c) call instruction type and argument type should be same |
| 2270 | /// d) call should only reads memory. |
| 2271 | /// If all these condition is met then return ValidIntrinsicID |
| 2272 | /// else return not_intrinsic. |
| 2273 | static Intrinsic::ID checkUnaryFloatSignature(ImmutableCallSite ICS, |
| 2274 | Intrinsic::ID ValidIntrinsicID) { |
| 2275 | if (ICS.getNumArgOperands() != 1 || |
| 2276 | !ICS.getArgOperand(0)->getType()->isFloatingPointTy() || |
| 2277 | ICS.getType() != ICS.getArgOperand(0)->getType() || |
| 2278 | !ICS.onlyReadsMemory()) |
| 2279 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2280 | |
| 2281 | return ValidIntrinsicID; |
| 2282 | } |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | /// \brief Check call has a binary float signature |
| 2285 | /// It checks following: |
| 2286 | /// a) call should have 2 arguments. |
| 2287 | /// b) arguments type should be floating point type |
| 2288 | /// c) call instruction type and arguments type should be same |
| 2289 | /// d) call should only reads memory. |
| 2290 | /// If all these condition is met then return ValidIntrinsicID |
| 2291 | /// else return not_intrinsic. |
| 2292 | static Intrinsic::ID checkBinaryFloatSignature(ImmutableCallSite ICS, |
| 2293 | Intrinsic::ID ValidIntrinsicID) { |
| 2294 | if (ICS.getNumArgOperands() != 2 || |
| 2295 | !ICS.getArgOperand(0)->getType()->isFloatingPointTy() || |
| 2296 | !ICS.getArgOperand(1)->getType()->isFloatingPointTy() || |
| 2297 | ICS.getType() != ICS.getArgOperand(0)->getType() || |
| 2298 | ICS.getType() != ICS.getArgOperand(1)->getType() || |
| 2299 | !ICS.onlyReadsMemory()) |
| 2300 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 | return ValidIntrinsicID; |
| 2303 | } |
| 2304 | |
| 2305 | Intrinsic::ID llvm::getIntrinsicForCallSite(ImmutableCallSite ICS, |
| 2306 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
| 2307 | const Function *F = ICS.getCalledFunction(); |
| 2308 | if (!F) |
| 2309 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2310 | |
| 2311 | if (F->isIntrinsic()) |
| 2312 | return F->getIntrinsicID(); |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | if (!TLI) |
| 2315 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2316 | |
| 2317 | LibFunc::Func Func; |
| 2318 | // We're going to make assumptions on the semantics of the functions, check |
| 2319 | // that the target knows that it's available in this environment and it does |
| 2320 | // not have local linkage. |
| 2321 | if (!F || F->hasLocalLinkage() || !TLI->getLibFunc(F->getName(), Func)) |
| 2322 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2323 | |
| 2324 | // Otherwise check if we have a call to a function that can be turned into a |
| 2325 | // vector intrinsic. |
| 2326 | switch (Func) { |
| 2327 | default: |
| 2328 | break; |
| 2329 | case LibFunc::sin: |
| 2330 | case LibFunc::sinf: |
| 2331 | case LibFunc::sinl: |
| 2332 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::sin); |
| 2333 | case LibFunc::cos: |
| 2334 | case LibFunc::cosf: |
| 2335 | case LibFunc::cosl: |
| 2336 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::cos); |
| 2337 | case LibFunc::exp: |
| 2338 | case LibFunc::expf: |
| 2339 | case LibFunc::expl: |
| 2340 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::exp); |
| 2341 | case LibFunc::exp2: |
| 2342 | case LibFunc::exp2f: |
| 2343 | case LibFunc::exp2l: |
| 2344 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::exp2); |
| 2345 | case LibFunc::log: |
| 2346 | case LibFunc::logf: |
| 2347 | case LibFunc::logl: |
| 2348 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::log); |
| 2349 | case LibFunc::log10: |
| 2350 | case LibFunc::log10f: |
| 2351 | case LibFunc::log10l: |
| 2352 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::log10); |
| 2353 | case LibFunc::log2: |
| 2354 | case LibFunc::log2f: |
| 2355 | case LibFunc::log2l: |
| 2356 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::log2); |
| 2357 | case LibFunc::fabs: |
| 2358 | case LibFunc::fabsf: |
| 2359 | case LibFunc::fabsl: |
| 2360 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::fabs); |
| 2361 | case LibFunc::fmin: |
| 2362 | case LibFunc::fminf: |
| 2363 | case LibFunc::fminl: |
| 2364 | return checkBinaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::minnum); |
| 2365 | case LibFunc::fmax: |
| 2366 | case LibFunc::fmaxf: |
| 2367 | case LibFunc::fmaxl: |
| 2368 | return checkBinaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::maxnum); |
| 2369 | case LibFunc::copysign: |
| 2370 | case LibFunc::copysignf: |
| 2371 | case LibFunc::copysignl: |
| 2372 | return checkBinaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::copysign); |
| 2373 | case LibFunc::floor: |
| 2374 | case LibFunc::floorf: |
| 2375 | case LibFunc::floorl: |
| 2376 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::floor); |
| 2377 | case LibFunc::ceil: |
| 2378 | case LibFunc::ceilf: |
| 2379 | case LibFunc::ceill: |
| 2380 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::ceil); |
| 2381 | case LibFunc::trunc: |
| 2382 | case LibFunc::truncf: |
| 2383 | case LibFunc::truncl: |
| 2384 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::trunc); |
| 2385 | case LibFunc::rint: |
| 2386 | case LibFunc::rintf: |
| 2387 | case LibFunc::rintl: |
| 2388 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::rint); |
| 2389 | case LibFunc::nearbyint: |
| 2390 | case LibFunc::nearbyintf: |
| 2391 | case LibFunc::nearbyintl: |
| 2392 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::nearbyint); |
| 2393 | case LibFunc::round: |
| 2394 | case LibFunc::roundf: |
| 2395 | case LibFunc::roundl: |
| 2396 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::round); |
| 2397 | case LibFunc::pow: |
| 2398 | case LibFunc::powf: |
| 2399 | case LibFunc::powl: |
| 2400 | return checkBinaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::pow); |
| 2401 | case LibFunc::sqrt: |
| 2402 | case LibFunc::sqrtf: |
| 2403 | case LibFunc::sqrtl: |
| 2404 | if (ICS->hasNoNaNs()) |
| 2405 | return checkUnaryFloatSignature(ICS, Intrinsic::sqrt); |
| 2406 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2407 | } |
| 2408 | |
| 2409 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2410 | } |
| 2411 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2412 | /// Return true if we can prove that the specified FP value is never equal to |
| 2413 | /// -0.0. |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | /// |
| 2415 | /// NOTE: this function will need to be revisited when we support non-default |
| 2416 | /// rounding modes! |
| 2417 | /// |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 | bool llvm::CannotBeNegativeZero(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, |
| 2419 | unsigned Depth) { |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2420 | if (const ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) |
| 2421 | return !CFP->getValueAPF().isNegZero(); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2422 | |
Sanjay Patel | 40eaa8d | 2015-02-25 18:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 | // FIXME: Magic number! At the least, this should be given a name because it's |
| 2424 | // used similarly in CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(). A better fix may be to |
| 2425 | // expose it as a parameter, so it can be used for testing / experimenting. |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 | if (Depth == 6) |
Sanjay Patel | 40eaa8d | 2015-02-25 18:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | return false; // Limit search depth. |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | |
Dan Gohman | 80ca01c | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2429 | const Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 | if (!I) return false; |
Michael Ilseman | 0f12837 | 2012-12-06 00:07:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2431 | |
| 2432 | // Check if the nsz fast-math flag is set |
| 2433 | if (const FPMathOperator *FPO = dyn_cast<FPMathOperator>(I)) |
| 2434 | if (FPO->hasNoSignedZeros()) |
| 2435 | return true; |
| 2436 | |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2437 | // (add x, 0.0) is guaranteed to return +0.0, not -0.0. |
Jakub Staszak | b7129f2 | 2013-03-06 00:16:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2438 | if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FAdd) |
| 2439 | if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(I->getOperand(1))) |
| 2440 | if (CFP->isNullValue()) |
| 2441 | return true; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2443 | // sitofp and uitofp turn into +0.0 for zero. |
| 2444 | if (isa<SIToFPInst>(I) || isa<UIToFPInst>(I)) |
| 2445 | return true; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 | |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2447 | if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I)) { |
David Majnemer | b4b2723 | 2016-04-19 19:10:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 | Intrinsic::ID IID = getIntrinsicForCallSite(CI, TLI); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2449 | switch (IID) { |
| 2450 | default: |
| 2451 | break; |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2452 | // sqrt(-0.0) = -0.0, no other negative results are possible. |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 | case Intrinsic::sqrt: |
| 2454 | return CannotBeNegativeZero(CI->getArgOperand(0), TLI, Depth + 1); |
| 2455 | // fabs(x) != -0.0 |
| 2456 | case Intrinsic::fabs: |
| 2457 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | } |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2459 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2460 | |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2461 | return false; |
| 2462 | } |
| 2463 | |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | bool llvm::CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(const Value *V, |
| 2465 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, |
| 2466 | unsigned Depth) { |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2467 | if (const ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) |
| 2468 | return !CFP->getValueAPF().isNegative() || CFP->getValueAPF().isZero(); |
| 2469 | |
Sanjay Patel | 40eaa8d | 2015-02-25 18:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2470 | // FIXME: Magic number! At the least, this should be given a name because it's |
| 2471 | // used similarly in CannotBeNegativeZero(). A better fix may be to |
| 2472 | // expose it as a parameter, so it can be used for testing / experimenting. |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | if (Depth == 6) |
| 2474 | return false; // Limit search depth. |
| 2475 | |
| 2476 | const Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
| 2477 | if (!I) return false; |
| 2478 | |
| 2479 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
| 2480 | default: break; |
Fiona Glaser | db7824f | 2016-01-12 23:37:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 | // Unsigned integers are always nonnegative. |
| 2482 | case Instruction::UIToFP: |
| 2483 | return true; |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2484 | case Instruction::FMul: |
| 2485 | // x*x is always non-negative or a NaN. |
| 2486 | if (I->getOperand(0) == I->getOperand(1)) |
| 2487 | return true; |
| 2488 | // Fall through |
| 2489 | case Instruction::FAdd: |
| 2490 | case Instruction::FDiv: |
| 2491 | case Instruction::FRem: |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2492 | return CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(I->getOperand(0), TLI, Depth + 1) && |
| 2493 | CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(I->getOperand(1), TLI, Depth + 1); |
Fiona Glaser | db7824f | 2016-01-12 23:37:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2494 | case Instruction::Select: |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2495 | return CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(I->getOperand(1), TLI, Depth + 1) && |
| 2496 | CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(I->getOperand(2), TLI, Depth + 1); |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 | case Instruction::FPExt: |
| 2498 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: |
| 2499 | // Widening/narrowing never change sign. |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2500 | return CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(I->getOperand(0), TLI, Depth + 1); |
| 2501 | case Instruction::Call: |
David Majnemer | b4b2723 | 2016-04-19 19:10:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2502 | Intrinsic::ID IID = getIntrinsicForCallSite(cast<CallInst>(I), TLI); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2503 | switch (IID) { |
| 2504 | default: |
| 2505 | break; |
| 2506 | case Intrinsic::maxnum: |
| 2507 | return CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(I->getOperand(0), TLI, Depth + 1) || |
| 2508 | CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(I->getOperand(1), TLI, Depth + 1); |
| 2509 | case Intrinsic::minnum: |
| 2510 | return CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(I->getOperand(0), TLI, Depth + 1) && |
| 2511 | CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(I->getOperand(1), TLI, Depth + 1); |
| 2512 | case Intrinsic::exp: |
| 2513 | case Intrinsic::exp2: |
| 2514 | case Intrinsic::fabs: |
| 2515 | case Intrinsic::sqrt: |
| 2516 | return true; |
| 2517 | case Intrinsic::powi: |
| 2518 | if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
| 2519 | // powi(x,n) is non-negative if n is even. |
| 2520 | if (CI->getBitWidth() <= 64 && CI->getSExtValue() % 2u == 0) |
| 2521 | return true; |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2522 | } |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2523 | return CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(I->getOperand(0), TLI, Depth + 1); |
| 2524 | case Intrinsic::fma: |
| 2525 | case Intrinsic::fmuladd: |
| 2526 | // x*x+y is non-negative if y is non-negative. |
| 2527 | return I->getOperand(0) == I->getOperand(1) && |
| 2528 | CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(I->getOperand(2), TLI, Depth + 1); |
| 2529 | } |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2530 | break; |
| 2531 | } |
| 2532 | return false; |
| 2533 | } |
| 2534 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2535 | /// If the specified value can be set by repeating the same byte in memory, |
| 2536 | /// return the i8 value that it is represented with. This is |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2537 | /// true for all i8 values obviously, but is also true for i32 0, i32 -1, |
| 2538 | /// i16 0xF0F0, double 0.0 etc. If the value can't be handled with a repeated |
| 2539 | /// byte store (e.g. i16 0x1234), return null. |
| 2540 | Value *llvm::isBytewiseValue(Value *V) { |
| 2541 | // All byte-wide stores are splatable, even of arbitrary variables. |
| 2542 | if (V->getType()->isIntegerTy(8)) return V; |
Chris Lattner | acf6b07 | 2011-02-19 19:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2543 | |
| 2544 | // Handle 'null' ConstantArrayZero etc. |
| 2545 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) |
| 2546 | if (C->isNullValue()) |
| 2547 | return Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt8Ty(V->getContext())); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 | // Constant float and double values can be handled as integer values if the |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2550 | // corresponding integer value is "byteable". An important case is 0.0. |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2551 | if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) { |
| 2552 | if (CFP->getType()->isFloatTy()) |
| 2553 | V = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(CFP, Type::getInt32Ty(V->getContext())); |
| 2554 | if (CFP->getType()->isDoubleTy()) |
| 2555 | V = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(CFP, Type::getInt64Ty(V->getContext())); |
| 2556 | // Don't handle long double formats, which have strange constraints. |
| 2557 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 17d9015 | 2015-02-07 19:29:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 | // We can handle constant integers that are multiple of 8 bits. |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2560 | if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) { |
Benjamin Kramer | 17d9015 | 2015-02-07 19:29:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2561 | if (CI->getBitWidth() % 8 == 0) { |
| 2562 | assert(CI->getBitWidth() > 8 && "8 bits should be handled above!"); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 | |
Benjamin Kramer | b4b5150 | 2015-03-25 16:49:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 | if (!CI->getValue().isSplat(8)) |
Benjamin Kramer | 17d9015 | 2015-02-07 19:29:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2565 | return nullptr; |
| 2566 | return ConstantInt::get(V->getContext(), CI->getValue().trunc(8)); |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2567 | } |
| 2568 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2569 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2570 | // A ConstantDataArray/Vector is splatable if all its members are equal and |
| 2571 | // also splatable. |
| 2572 | if (ConstantDataSequential *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantDataSequential>(V)) { |
| 2573 | Value *Elt = CA->getElementAsConstant(0); |
| 2574 | Value *Val = isBytewiseValue(Elt); |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2575 | if (!Val) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2576 | return nullptr; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2577 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2578 | for (unsigned I = 1, E = CA->getNumElements(); I != E; ++I) |
| 2579 | if (CA->getElementAsConstant(I) != Elt) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 | return nullptr; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 | return Val; |
| 2583 | } |
Chad Rosier | 8abf65a | 2011-12-06 00:19:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2584 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2585 | // Conceptually, we could handle things like: |
| 2586 | // %a = zext i8 %X to i16 |
| 2587 | // %b = shl i16 %a, 8 |
| 2588 | // %c = or i16 %a, %b |
| 2589 | // but until there is an example that actually needs this, it doesn't seem |
| 2590 | // worth worrying about. |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2591 | return nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2592 | } |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 | // This is the recursive version of BuildSubAggregate. It takes a few different |
| 2596 | // arguments. Idxs is the index within the nested struct From that we are |
| 2597 | // looking at now (which is of type IndexedType). IdxSkip is the number of |
| 2598 | // indices from Idxs that should be left out when inserting into the resulting |
| 2599 | // struct. To is the result struct built so far, new insertvalue instructions |
| 2600 | // build on that. |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 | static Value *BuildSubAggregate(Value *From, Value* To, Type *IndexedType, |
Craig Topper | 2cd5ff8 | 2013-07-11 16:22:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2602 | SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Idxs, |
Dan Gohman | a6d0afc | 2009-08-07 01:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | unsigned IdxSkip, |
Dan Gohman | a6d0afc | 2009-08-07 01:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 226fea5 | 2013-01-13 16:01:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2605 | llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IndexedType); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2606 | if (STy) { |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2607 | // Save the original To argument so we can modify it |
| 2608 | Value *OrigTo = To; |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2609 | // General case, the type indexed by Idxs is a struct |
| 2610 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = STy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 2611 | // Process each struct element recursively |
| 2612 | Idxs.push_back(i); |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2613 | Value *PrevTo = To; |
Matthijs Kooijman | 5cb3877 | 2008-06-16 12:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2614 | To = BuildSubAggregate(From, To, STy->getElementType(i), Idxs, IdxSkip, |
Nick Lewycky | 39dbfd3 | 2009-11-23 03:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2615 | InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2616 | Idxs.pop_back(); |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | if (!To) { |
| 2618 | // Couldn't find any inserted value for this index? Cleanup |
| 2619 | while (PrevTo != OrigTo) { |
| 2620 | InsertValueInst* Del = cast<InsertValueInst>(PrevTo); |
| 2621 | PrevTo = Del->getAggregateOperand(); |
| 2622 | Del->eraseFromParent(); |
| 2623 | } |
| 2624 | // Stop processing elements |
| 2625 | break; |
| 2626 | } |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2627 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0ab5e2c | 2011-04-15 05:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2628 | // If we successfully found a value for each of our subaggregates |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2629 | if (To) |
| 2630 | return To; |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | } |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2632 | // Base case, the type indexed by SourceIdxs is not a struct, or not all of |
| 2633 | // the struct's elements had a value that was inserted directly. In the latter |
| 2634 | // case, perhaps we can't determine each of the subelements individually, but |
| 2635 | // we might be able to find the complete struct somewhere. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2636 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | // Find the value that is at that particular spot |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 | Value *V = FindInsertedValue(From, Idxs); |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2639 | |
| 2640 | if (!V) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2641 | return nullptr; |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2642 | |
| 2643 | // Insert the value in the new (sub) aggregrate |
Frits van Bommel | 717d7ed | 2011-07-18 12:00:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2644 | return llvm::InsertValueInst::Create(To, V, makeArrayRef(Idxs).slice(IdxSkip), |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2645 | "tmp", InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2646 | } |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 | // This helper takes a nested struct and extracts a part of it (which is again a |
| 2649 | // struct) into a new value. For example, given the struct: |
| 2650 | // { a, { b, { c, d }, e } } |
| 2651 | // and the indices "1, 1" this returns |
| 2652 | // { c, d }. |
| 2653 | // |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 | // It does this by inserting an insertvalue for each element in the resulting |
| 2655 | // struct, as opposed to just inserting a single struct. This will only work if |
| 2656 | // each of the elements of the substruct are known (ie, inserted into From by an |
| 2657 | // insertvalue instruction somewhere). |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | // |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 | // All inserted insertvalue instructions are inserted before InsertBefore |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | static Value *BuildSubAggregate(Value *From, ArrayRef<unsigned> idx_range, |
Dan Gohman | a6d0afc | 2009-08-07 01:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { |
Matthijs Kooijman | 69801d4 | 2008-06-16 13:28:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2662 | assert(InsertBefore && "Must have someplace to insert!"); |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2663 | Type *IndexedType = ExtractValueInst::getIndexedType(From->getType(), |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | idx_range); |
Owen Anderson | b292b8c | 2009-07-30 23:03:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2665 | Value *To = UndefValue::get(IndexedType); |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2666 | SmallVector<unsigned, 10> Idxs(idx_range.begin(), idx_range.end()); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2667 | unsigned IdxSkip = Idxs.size(); |
| 2668 | |
Nick Lewycky | 39dbfd3 | 2009-11-23 03:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2669 | return BuildSubAggregate(From, To, IndexedType, Idxs, IdxSkip, InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2670 | } |
| 2671 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | /// Given an aggregrate and an sequence of indices, see if |
Matthijs Kooijman | 5cb3877 | 2008-06-16 12:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 | /// the scalar value indexed is already around as a register, for example if it |
| 2674 | /// were inserted directly into the aggregrate. |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2675 | /// |
| 2676 | /// If InsertBefore is not null, this function will duplicate (modified) |
| 2677 | /// insertvalues when a part of a nested struct is extracted. |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2678 | Value *llvm::FindInsertedValue(Value *V, ArrayRef<unsigned> idx_range, |
| 2679 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 | // Nothing to index? Just return V then (this is useful at the end of our |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2681 | // recursion). |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2682 | if (idx_range.empty()) |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2683 | return V; |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2684 | // We have indices, so V should have an indexable type. |
| 2685 | assert((V->getType()->isStructTy() || V->getType()->isArrayTy()) && |
| 2686 | "Not looking at a struct or array?"); |
| 2687 | assert(ExtractValueInst::getIndexedType(V->getType(), idx_range) && |
| 2688 | "Invalid indices for type?"); |
Owen Anderson | f1f1743 | 2009-07-06 22:37:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2689 | |
Chris Lattner | 6705883 | 2012-01-25 06:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2690 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) { |
| 2691 | C = C->getAggregateElement(idx_range[0]); |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2692 | if (!C) return nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 6705883 | 2012-01-25 06:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2693 | return FindInsertedValue(C, idx_range.slice(1), InsertBefore); |
| 2694 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2695 | |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2696 | if (InsertValueInst *I = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(V)) { |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2697 | // Loop the indices for the insertvalue instruction in parallel with the |
| 2698 | // requested indices |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2699 | const unsigned *req_idx = idx_range.begin(); |
Matthijs Kooijman | 5cb3877 | 2008-06-16 12:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2700 | for (const unsigned *i = I->idx_begin(), *e = I->idx_end(); |
| 2701 | i != e; ++i, ++req_idx) { |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2702 | if (req_idx == idx_range.end()) { |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2703 | // We can't handle this without inserting insertvalues |
| 2704 | if (!InsertBefore) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2705 | return nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2706 | |
| 2707 | // The requested index identifies a part of a nested aggregate. Handle |
| 2708 | // this specially. For example, |
| 2709 | // %A = insertvalue { i32, {i32, i32 } } undef, i32 10, 1, 0 |
| 2710 | // %B = insertvalue { i32, {i32, i32 } } %A, i32 11, 1, 1 |
| 2711 | // %C = extractvalue {i32, { i32, i32 } } %B, 1 |
| 2712 | // This can be changed into |
| 2713 | // %A = insertvalue {i32, i32 } undef, i32 10, 0 |
| 2714 | // %C = insertvalue {i32, i32 } %A, i32 11, 1 |
| 2715 | // which allows the unused 0,0 element from the nested struct to be |
| 2716 | // removed. |
| 2717 | return BuildSubAggregate(V, makeArrayRef(idx_range.begin(), req_idx), |
| 2718 | InsertBefore); |
Duncan Sands | db356ee | 2008-06-19 08:47:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2719 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2721 | // This insert value inserts something else than what we are looking for. |
Benjamin Kramer | df005cb | 2015-08-08 18:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 | // See if the (aggregate) value inserted into has the value we are |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | // looking for, then. |
| 2724 | if (*req_idx != *i) |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2725 | return FindInsertedValue(I->getAggregateOperand(), idx_range, |
Nick Lewycky | 39dbfd3 | 2009-11-23 03:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2726 | InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2727 | } |
| 2728 | // If we end up here, the indices of the insertvalue match with those |
| 2729 | // requested (though possibly only partially). Now we recursively look at |
| 2730 | // the inserted value, passing any remaining indices. |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2731 | return FindInsertedValue(I->getInsertedValueOperand(), |
Frits van Bommel | 717d7ed | 2011-07-18 12:00:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2732 | makeArrayRef(req_idx, idx_range.end()), |
Nick Lewycky | 39dbfd3 | 2009-11-23 03:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2733 | InsertBefore); |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2734 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2735 | |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2736 | if (ExtractValueInst *I = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(V)) { |
Benjamin Kramer | df005cb | 2015-08-08 18:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | // If we're extracting a value from an aggregate that was extracted from |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 | // something else, we can extract from that something else directly instead. |
| 2739 | // However, we will need to chain I's indices with the requested indices. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2740 | |
| 2741 | // Calculate the number of indices required |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 | unsigned size = I->getNumIndices() + idx_range.size(); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | // Allocate some space to put the new indices in |
Matthijs Kooijman | 8369c67 | 2008-06-17 08:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2744 | SmallVector<unsigned, 5> Idxs; |
| 2745 | Idxs.reserve(size); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2746 | // Add indices from the extract value instruction |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2747 | Idxs.append(I->idx_begin(), I->idx_end()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2748 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2749 | // Add requested indices |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2750 | Idxs.append(idx_range.begin(), idx_range.end()); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2751 | |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2752 | assert(Idxs.size() == size |
Matthijs Kooijman | 5cb3877 | 2008-06-16 12:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2753 | && "Number of indices added not correct?"); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2754 | |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2755 | return FindInsertedValue(I->getAggregateOperand(), Idxs, InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2756 | } |
| 2757 | // Otherwise, we don't know (such as, extracting from a function return value |
| 2758 | // or load instruction) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2759 | return nullptr; |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2760 | } |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2761 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2762 | /// Analyze the specified pointer to see if it can be expressed as a base |
| 2763 | /// pointer plus a constant offset. Return the base and offset to the caller. |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2764 | Value *llvm::GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(Value *Ptr, int64_t &Offset, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2765 | const DataLayout &DL) { |
| 2766 | unsigned BitWidth = DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(Ptr->getType()); |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 | APInt ByteOffset(BitWidth, 0); |
Chandler Carruth | 7664127 | 2016-01-04 07:23:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 | |
| 2769 | // We walk up the defs but use a visited set to handle unreachable code. In |
| 2770 | // that case, we stop after accumulating the cycle once (not that it |
| 2771 | // matters). |
| 2772 | SmallPtrSet<Value *, 16> Visited; |
| 2773 | while (Visited.insert(Ptr).second) { |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2774 | if (Ptr->getType()->isVectorTy()) |
| 2775 | break; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2776 | |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Ptr)) { |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2778 | APInt GEPOffset(BitWidth, 0); |
| 2779 | if (!GEP->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, GEPOffset)) |
| 2780 | break; |
Matt Arsenault | f55e5e7 | 2013-08-10 17:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2781 | |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2782 | ByteOffset += GEPOffset; |
Matt Arsenault | f55e5e7 | 2013-08-10 17:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2783 | |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2784 | Ptr = GEP->getPointerOperand(); |
Matt Arsenault | fd78d0c | 2014-07-14 22:39:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2785 | } else if (Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::BitCast || |
| 2786 | Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::AddrSpaceCast) { |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2787 | Ptr = cast<Operator>(Ptr)->getOperand(0); |
| 2788 | } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(Ptr)) { |
Sanjoy Das | 5ce3272 | 2016-04-08 00:48:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2789 | if (GA->isInterposable()) |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2790 | break; |
| 2791 | Ptr = GA->getAliasee(); |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 | } else { |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2793 | break; |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2794 | } |
| 2795 | } |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2796 | Offset = ByteOffset.getSExtValue(); |
| 2797 | return Ptr; |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2798 | } |
| 2799 | |
David L Kreitzer | 752c144 | 2016-04-13 14:31:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2800 | bool llvm::isGEPBasedOnPointerToString(const GEPOperator *GEP) { |
| 2801 | // Make sure the GEP has exactly three arguments. |
| 2802 | if (GEP->getNumOperands() != 3) |
| 2803 | return false; |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 | // Make sure the index-ee is a pointer to array of i8. |
| 2806 | ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(GEP->getSourceElementType()); |
| 2807 | if (!AT || !AT->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(8)) |
| 2808 | return false; |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 | // Check to make sure that the first operand of the GEP is an integer and |
| 2811 | // has value 0 so that we are sure we're indexing into the initializer. |
| 2812 | const ConstantInt *FirstIdx = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(1)); |
| 2813 | if (!FirstIdx || !FirstIdx->isZero()) |
| 2814 | return false; |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 | return true; |
| 2817 | } |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2819 | /// This function computes the length of a null-terminated C string pointed to |
| 2820 | /// by V. If successful, it returns true and returns the string in Str. |
| 2821 | /// If unsuccessful, it returns false. |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | bool llvm::getConstantStringInfo(const Value *V, StringRef &Str, |
| 2823 | uint64_t Offset, bool TrimAtNul) { |
| 2824 | assert(V); |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2825 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2826 | // Look through bitcast instructions and geps. |
| 2827 | V = V->stripPointerCasts(); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2828 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 0248a3e | 2015-03-21 15:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2829 | // If the value is a GEP instruction or constant expression, treat it as an |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2830 | // offset. |
| 2831 | if (const GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V)) { |
David L Kreitzer | 752c144 | 2016-04-13 14:31:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2832 | // The GEP operator should be based on a pointer to string constant, and is |
| 2833 | // indexing into the string constant. |
| 2834 | if (!isGEPBasedOnPointerToString(GEP)) |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2835 | return false; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2836 | |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2837 | // If the second index isn't a ConstantInt, then this is a variable index |
| 2838 | // into the array. If this occurs, we can't say anything meaningful about |
| 2839 | // the string. |
| 2840 | uint64_t StartIdx = 0; |
Dan Gohman | 0b4df04 | 2010-04-14 22:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2841 | if (const ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(2))) |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2842 | StartIdx = CI->getZExtValue(); |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2843 | else |
| 2844 | return false; |
Benjamin Kramer | 0248a3e | 2015-03-21 15:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2845 | return getConstantStringInfo(GEP->getOperand(0), Str, StartIdx + Offset, |
| 2846 | TrimAtNul); |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2847 | } |
Nick Lewycky | 4620988 | 2011-10-20 00:34:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 | |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2849 | // The GEP instruction, constant or instruction, must reference a global |
| 2850 | // variable that is a constant and is initialized. The referenced constant |
| 2851 | // initializer is the array that we'll use for optimization. |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 | const GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(V); |
Dan Gohman | 5d5bc6d | 2009-08-19 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer()) |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2854 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2855 | |
Nick Lewycky | 4620988 | 2011-10-20 00:34:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2856 | // Handle the all-zeros case |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2857 | if (GV->getInitializer()->isNullValue()) { |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2858 | // This is a degenerate case. The initializer is constant zero so the |
| 2859 | // length of the string must be zero. |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2860 | Str = ""; |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 | return true; |
| 2862 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2863 | |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2864 | // Must be a Constant Array |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2865 | const ConstantDataArray *Array = |
| 2866 | dyn_cast<ConstantDataArray>(GV->getInitializer()); |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2867 | if (!Array || !Array->isString()) |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2868 | return false; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 | |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2870 | // Get the number of elements in the array |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2871 | uint64_t NumElts = Array->getType()->getArrayNumElements(); |
| 2872 | |
| 2873 | // Start out with the entire array in the StringRef. |
| 2874 | Str = Array->getAsString(); |
| 2875 | |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2876 | if (Offset > NumElts) |
| 2877 | return false; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2878 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2879 | // Skip over 'offset' bytes. |
| 2880 | Str = Str.substr(Offset); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2881 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | if (TrimAtNul) { |
| 2883 | // Trim off the \0 and anything after it. If the array is not nul |
| 2884 | // terminated, we just return the whole end of string. The client may know |
| 2885 | // some other way that the string is length-bound. |
| 2886 | Str = Str.substr(0, Str.find('\0')); |
| 2887 | } |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2888 | return true; |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2889 | } |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2890 | |
| 2891 | // These next two are very similar to the above, but also look through PHI |
| 2892 | // nodes. |
| 2893 | // TODO: See if we can integrate these two together. |
| 2894 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 | /// If we can compute the length of the string pointed to by |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | /// the specified pointer, return 'len+1'. If we can't, return 0. |
Craig Topper | 71b7b68 | 2014-08-21 05:55:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2897 | static uint64_t GetStringLengthH(Value *V, SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode*> &PHIs) { |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 | // Look through noop bitcast instructions. |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2899 | V = V->stripPointerCasts(); |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2900 | |
| 2901 | // If this is a PHI node, there are two cases: either we have already seen it |
| 2902 | // or we haven't. |
| 2903 | if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) { |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2904 | if (!PHIs.insert(PN).second) |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2905 | return ~0ULL; // already in the set. |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | // If it was new, see if all the input strings are the same length. |
| 2908 | uint64_t LenSoFar = ~0ULL; |
Pete Cooper | 833f34d | 2015-05-12 20:05:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2909 | for (Value *IncValue : PN->incoming_values()) { |
| 2910 | uint64_t Len = GetStringLengthH(IncValue, PHIs); |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2911 | if (Len == 0) return 0; // Unknown length -> unknown. |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 | if (Len == ~0ULL) continue; |
| 2914 | |
| 2915 | if (Len != LenSoFar && LenSoFar != ~0ULL) |
| 2916 | return 0; // Disagree -> unknown. |
| 2917 | LenSoFar = Len; |
| 2918 | } |
| 2919 | |
| 2920 | // Success, all agree. |
| 2921 | return LenSoFar; |
| 2922 | } |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | // strlen(select(c,x,y)) -> strlen(x) ^ strlen(y) |
| 2925 | if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) { |
| 2926 | uint64_t Len1 = GetStringLengthH(SI->getTrueValue(), PHIs); |
| 2927 | if (Len1 == 0) return 0; |
| 2928 | uint64_t Len2 = GetStringLengthH(SI->getFalseValue(), PHIs); |
| 2929 | if (Len2 == 0) return 0; |
| 2930 | if (Len1 == ~0ULL) return Len2; |
| 2931 | if (Len2 == ~0ULL) return Len1; |
| 2932 | if (Len1 != Len2) return 0; |
| 2933 | return Len1; |
| 2934 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2935 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2936 | // Otherwise, see if we can read the string. |
| 2937 | StringRef StrData; |
| 2938 | if (!getConstantStringInfo(V, StrData)) |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2939 | return 0; |
| 2940 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 | return StrData.size()+1; |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2942 | } |
| 2943 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2944 | /// If we can compute the length of the string pointed to by |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2945 | /// the specified pointer, return 'len+1'. If we can't, return 0. |
| 2946 | uint64_t llvm::GetStringLength(Value *V) { |
| 2947 | if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy()) return 0; |
| 2948 | |
| 2949 | SmallPtrSet<PHINode*, 32> PHIs; |
| 2950 | uint64_t Len = GetStringLengthH(V, PHIs); |
| 2951 | // If Len is ~0ULL, we had an infinite phi cycle: this is dead code, so return |
| 2952 | // an empty string as a length. |
| 2953 | return Len == ~0ULL ? 1 : Len; |
| 2954 | } |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | |
Adam Nemet | e2b885c | 2015-04-23 20:09:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2956 | /// \brief \p PN defines a loop-variant pointer to an object. Check if the |
| 2957 | /// previous iteration of the loop was referring to the same object as \p PN. |
| 2958 | static bool isSameUnderlyingObjectInLoop(PHINode *PN, LoopInfo *LI) { |
| 2959 | // Find the loop-defined value. |
| 2960 | Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(PN->getParent()); |
| 2961 | if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) |
| 2962 | return true; |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 | // Find the value from previous iteration. |
| 2965 | auto *PrevValue = dyn_cast<Instruction>(PN->getIncomingValue(0)); |
| 2966 | if (!PrevValue || LI->getLoopFor(PrevValue->getParent()) != L) |
| 2967 | PrevValue = dyn_cast<Instruction>(PN->getIncomingValue(1)); |
| 2968 | if (!PrevValue || LI->getLoopFor(PrevValue->getParent()) != L) |
| 2969 | return true; |
| 2970 | |
| 2971 | // If a new pointer is loaded in the loop, the pointer references a different |
| 2972 | // object in every iteration. E.g.: |
| 2973 | // for (i) |
| 2974 | // int *p = a[i]; |
| 2975 | // ... |
| 2976 | if (auto *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(PrevValue)) |
| 2977 | if (!L->isLoopInvariant(Load->getPointerOperand())) |
| 2978 | return false; |
| 2979 | return true; |
| 2980 | } |
| 2981 | |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2982 | Value *llvm::GetUnderlyingObject(Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 2983 | unsigned MaxLookup) { |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2984 | if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy()) |
| 2985 | return V; |
| 2986 | for (unsigned Count = 0; MaxLookup == 0 || Count < MaxLookup; ++Count) { |
| 2987 | if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V)) { |
| 2988 | V = GEP->getPointerOperand(); |
Matt Arsenault | 70f4db88 | 2014-07-15 00:56:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2989 | } else if (Operator::getOpcode(V) == Instruction::BitCast || |
| 2990 | Operator::getOpcode(V) == Instruction::AddrSpaceCast) { |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2991 | V = cast<Operator>(V)->getOperand(0); |
| 2992 | } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V)) { |
Sanjoy Das | 5ce3272 | 2016-04-08 00:48:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2993 | if (GA->isInterposable()) |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2994 | return V; |
| 2995 | V = GA->getAliasee(); |
| 2996 | } else { |
Dan Gohman | 05b18f1 | 2010-12-15 20:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2997 | // See if InstructionSimplify knows any relevant tricks. |
| 2998 | if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2999 | // TODO: Acquire a DominatorTree and AssumptionCache and use them. |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3000 | if (Value *Simplified = SimplifyInstruction(I, DL, nullptr)) { |
Dan Gohman | 05b18f1 | 2010-12-15 20:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3001 | V = Simplified; |
| 3002 | continue; |
| 3003 | } |
| 3004 | |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3005 | return V; |
| 3006 | } |
| 3007 | assert(V->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected operand type!"); |
| 3008 | } |
| 3009 | return V; |
| 3010 | } |
Nick Lewycky | 3e334a4 | 2011-06-27 04:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3011 | |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3012 | void llvm::GetUnderlyingObjects(Value *V, SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Objects, |
Adam Nemet | e2b885c | 2015-04-23 20:09:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3013 | const DataLayout &DL, LoopInfo *LI, |
| 3014 | unsigned MaxLookup) { |
Dan Gohman | ed7c24e2 | 2012-05-10 18:57:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3015 | SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited; |
| 3016 | SmallVector<Value *, 4> Worklist; |
| 3017 | Worklist.push_back(V); |
| 3018 | do { |
| 3019 | Value *P = Worklist.pop_back_val(); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3020 | P = GetUnderlyingObject(P, DL, MaxLookup); |
Dan Gohman | ed7c24e2 | 2012-05-10 18:57:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3021 | |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3022 | if (!Visited.insert(P).second) |
Dan Gohman | ed7c24e2 | 2012-05-10 18:57:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 | continue; |
| 3024 | |
| 3025 | if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(P)) { |
| 3026 | Worklist.push_back(SI->getTrueValue()); |
| 3027 | Worklist.push_back(SI->getFalseValue()); |
| 3028 | continue; |
| 3029 | } |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 | if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(P)) { |
Adam Nemet | e2b885c | 2015-04-23 20:09:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3032 | // If this PHI changes the underlying object in every iteration of the |
| 3033 | // loop, don't look through it. Consider: |
| 3034 | // int **A; |
| 3035 | // for (i) { |
| 3036 | // Prev = Curr; // Prev = PHI (Prev_0, Curr) |
| 3037 | // Curr = A[i]; |
| 3038 | // *Prev, *Curr; |
| 3039 | // |
| 3040 | // Prev is tracking Curr one iteration behind so they refer to different |
| 3041 | // underlying objects. |
| 3042 | if (!LI || !LI->isLoopHeader(PN->getParent()) || |
| 3043 | isSameUnderlyingObjectInLoop(PN, LI)) |
Pete Cooper | 833f34d | 2015-05-12 20:05:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3044 | for (Value *IncValue : PN->incoming_values()) |
| 3045 | Worklist.push_back(IncValue); |
Dan Gohman | ed7c24e2 | 2012-05-10 18:57:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3046 | continue; |
| 3047 | } |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | Objects.push_back(P); |
| 3050 | } while (!Worklist.empty()); |
| 3051 | } |
| 3052 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3053 | /// Return true if the only users of this pointer are lifetime markers. |
Nick Lewycky | 3e334a4 | 2011-06-27 04:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3054 | bool llvm::onlyUsedByLifetimeMarkers(const Value *V) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3055 | for (const User *U : V->users()) { |
| 3056 | const IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U); |
Nick Lewycky | 3e334a4 | 2011-06-27 04:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3057 | if (!II) return false; |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 | if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start && |
| 3060 | II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end) |
| 3061 | return false; |
| 3062 | } |
| 3063 | return true; |
| 3064 | } |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3065 | |
Sanjoy Das | f8a0db5 | 2015-05-18 18:07:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 | bool llvm::isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(const Value *V, |
| 3067 | const Instruction *CtxI, |
| 3068 | const DominatorTree *DT, |
| 3069 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
Dan Gohman | 7ac046a | 2012-01-04 23:01:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3070 | const Operator *Inst = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
| 3071 | if (!Inst) |
| 3072 | return false; |
| 3073 | |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3074 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Inst->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) |
| 3075 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Inst->getOperand(i))) |
| 3076 | if (C->canTrap()) |
| 3077 | return false; |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | switch (Inst->getOpcode()) { |
| 3080 | default: |
| 3081 | return true; |
| 3082 | case Instruction::UDiv: |
David Majnemer | f20d7c4 | 2014-11-04 23:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3083 | case Instruction::URem: { |
| 3084 | // x / y is undefined if y == 0. |
| 3085 | const APInt *V; |
| 3086 | if (match(Inst->getOperand(1), m_APInt(V))) |
| 3087 | return *V != 0; |
| 3088 | return false; |
| 3089 | } |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3090 | case Instruction::SDiv: |
| 3091 | case Instruction::SRem: { |
David Majnemer | f20d7c4 | 2014-11-04 23:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3092 | // x / y is undefined if y == 0 or x == INT_MIN and y == -1 |
David Majnemer | 8a6578a | 2015-02-01 19:10:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3093 | const APInt *Numerator, *Denominator; |
| 3094 | if (!match(Inst->getOperand(1), m_APInt(Denominator))) |
| 3095 | return false; |
| 3096 | // We cannot hoist this division if the denominator is 0. |
| 3097 | if (*Denominator == 0) |
| 3098 | return false; |
| 3099 | // It's safe to hoist if the denominator is not 0 or -1. |
| 3100 | if (*Denominator != -1) |
| 3101 | return true; |
| 3102 | // At this point we know that the denominator is -1. It is safe to hoist as |
| 3103 | // long we know that the numerator is not INT_MIN. |
| 3104 | if (match(Inst->getOperand(0), m_APInt(Numerator))) |
| 3105 | return !Numerator->isMinSignedValue(); |
| 3106 | // The numerator *might* be MinSignedValue. |
David Majnemer | f20d7c4 | 2014-11-04 23:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3107 | return false; |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 | } |
| 3109 | case Instruction::Load: { |
| 3110 | const LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(Inst); |
Kostya Serebryany | 0b45828 | 2013-11-21 07:29:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3111 | if (!LI->isUnordered() || |
| 3112 | // Speculative load may create a race that did not exist in the source. |
Kostya Serebryany | 5cb86d5 | 2015-10-14 00:21:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 | LI->getParent()->getParent()->hasFnAttribute( |
| 3114 | Attribute::SanitizeThread) || |
| 3115 | // Speculative load may load data from dirty regions. |
| 3116 | LI->getParent()->getParent()->hasFnAttribute( |
| 3117 | Attribute::SanitizeAddress)) |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3118 | return false; |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3119 | const DataLayout &DL = LI->getModule()->getDataLayout(); |
Artur Pilipenko | 34d8ba8 | 2015-08-17 15:54:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3120 | return isDereferenceableAndAlignedPointer( |
| 3121 | LI->getPointerOperand(), LI->getAlignment(), DL, CtxI, DT, TLI); |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3122 | } |
Nick Lewycky | b4039f6 | 2011-12-21 05:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3123 | case Instruction::Call: { |
David Majnemer | 0a92f86 | 2015-08-28 21:13:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3124 | if (const IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Inst)) { |
| 3125 | switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) { |
| 3126 | // These synthetic intrinsics have no side-effects and just mark |
| 3127 | // information about their operands. |
| 3128 | // FIXME: There are other no-op synthetic instructions that potentially |
| 3129 | // should be considered at least *safe* to speculate... |
| 3130 | case Intrinsic::dbg_declare: |
| 3131 | case Intrinsic::dbg_value: |
| 3132 | return true; |
| 3133 | |
| 3134 | case Intrinsic::bswap: |
| 3135 | case Intrinsic::ctlz: |
| 3136 | case Intrinsic::ctpop: |
| 3137 | case Intrinsic::cttz: |
| 3138 | case Intrinsic::objectsize: |
| 3139 | case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow: |
| 3140 | case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow: |
| 3141 | case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow: |
| 3142 | case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow: |
| 3143 | case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow: |
| 3144 | case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow: |
| 3145 | return true; |
Peter Zotov | 0218d0f | 2016-04-03 12:30:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3146 | // These intrinsics are defined to have the same behavior as libm |
| 3147 | // functions except for setting errno. |
David Majnemer | 0a92f86 | 2015-08-28 21:13:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3148 | case Intrinsic::sqrt: |
| 3149 | case Intrinsic::fma: |
| 3150 | case Intrinsic::fmuladd: |
Peter Zotov | 0218d0f | 2016-04-03 12:30:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3151 | return true; |
| 3152 | // These intrinsics are defined to have the same behavior as libm |
| 3153 | // functions, and the corresponding libm functions never set errno. |
| 3154 | case Intrinsic::trunc: |
| 3155 | case Intrinsic::copysign: |
David Majnemer | 0a92f86 | 2015-08-28 21:13:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 | case Intrinsic::fabs: |
| 3157 | case Intrinsic::minnum: |
| 3158 | case Intrinsic::maxnum: |
| 3159 | return true; |
Peter Zotov | 0218d0f | 2016-04-03 12:30:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3160 | // These intrinsics are defined to have the same behavior as libm |
| 3161 | // functions, which never overflow when operating on the IEEE754 types |
| 3162 | // that we support, and never set errno otherwise. |
| 3163 | case Intrinsic::ceil: |
| 3164 | case Intrinsic::floor: |
| 3165 | case Intrinsic::nearbyint: |
| 3166 | case Intrinsic::rint: |
| 3167 | case Intrinsic::round: |
| 3168 | return true; |
David Majnemer | 0a92f86 | 2015-08-28 21:13:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3169 | // TODO: are convert_{from,to}_fp16 safe? |
| 3170 | // TODO: can we list target-specific intrinsics here? |
| 3171 | default: break; |
| 3172 | } |
| 3173 | } |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3174 | return false; // The called function could have undefined behavior or |
David Majnemer | 0a92f86 | 2015-08-28 21:13:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3175 | // side-effects, even if marked readnone nounwind. |
Nick Lewycky | b4039f6 | 2011-12-21 05:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3176 | } |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3177 | case Instruction::VAArg: |
| 3178 | case Instruction::Alloca: |
| 3179 | case Instruction::Invoke: |
| 3180 | case Instruction::PHI: |
| 3181 | case Instruction::Store: |
| 3182 | case Instruction::Ret: |
| 3183 | case Instruction::Br: |
| 3184 | case Instruction::IndirectBr: |
| 3185 | case Instruction::Switch: |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 | case Instruction::Unreachable: |
| 3187 | case Instruction::Fence: |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3188 | case Instruction::AtomicRMW: |
| 3189 | case Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg: |
David Majnemer | 654e130 | 2015-07-31 17:58:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3190 | case Instruction::LandingPad: |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3191 | case Instruction::Resume: |
David Majnemer | 8a1c45d | 2015-12-12 05:38:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3192 | case Instruction::CatchSwitch: |
David Majnemer | 654e130 | 2015-07-31 17:58:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3193 | case Instruction::CatchPad: |
David Majnemer | 654e130 | 2015-07-31 17:58:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 | case Instruction::CatchRet: |
| 3195 | case Instruction::CleanupPad: |
| 3196 | case Instruction::CleanupRet: |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3197 | return false; // Misc instructions which have effects |
| 3198 | } |
| 3199 | } |
Dan Gohman | 1b0f79d | 2013-01-31 02:40:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3200 | |
Quentin Colombet | 6443cce | 2015-08-06 18:44:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3201 | bool llvm::mayBeMemoryDependent(const Instruction &I) { |
| 3202 | return I.mayReadOrWriteMemory() || !isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(&I); |
| 3203 | } |
| 3204 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3205 | /// Return true if we know that the specified value is never null. |
Benjamin Kramer | fd4777c | 2013-09-24 16:37:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3206 | bool llvm::isKnownNonNull(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
Chen Li | 0d043b5 | 2015-09-14 18:10:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3207 | assert(V->getType()->isPointerTy() && "V must be pointer type"); |
| 3208 | |
Dan Gohman | 1b0f79d | 2013-01-31 02:40:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3209 | // Alloca never returns null, malloc might. |
| 3210 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(V)) return true; |
| 3211 | |
Nick Lewycky | d52b152 | 2014-05-20 01:23:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3212 | // A byval, inalloca, or nonnull argument is never null. |
Dan Gohman | 1b0f79d | 2013-01-31 02:40:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3213 | if (const Argument *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(V)) |
Nick Lewycky | d52b152 | 2014-05-20 01:23:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3214 | return A->hasByValOrInAllocaAttr() || A->hasNonNullAttr(); |
Dan Gohman | 1b0f79d | 2013-01-31 02:40:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3215 | |
Pete Cooper | 6b71621 | 2015-08-27 03:16:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3216 | // A global variable in address space 0 is non null unless extern weak. |
| 3217 | // Other address spaces may have null as a valid address for a global, |
| 3218 | // so we can't assume anything. |
Dan Gohman | 1b0f79d | 2013-01-31 02:40:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3219 | if (const GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(V)) |
Pete Cooper | 6b71621 | 2015-08-27 03:16:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3220 | return !GV->hasExternalWeakLinkage() && |
| 3221 | GV->getType()->getAddressSpace() == 0; |
Benjamin Kramer | fd4777c | 2013-09-24 16:37:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3222 | |
Philip Reames | cdb72f3 | 2014-10-20 22:40:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3223 | // A Load tagged w/nonnull metadata is never null. |
| 3224 | if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V)) |
Philip Reames | 5a3f5f7 | 2014-10-21 00:13:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3225 | return LI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_nonnull); |
Philip Reames | cdb72f3 | 2014-10-20 22:40:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3226 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 3a09ef6 | 2015-04-10 14:50:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3227 | if (auto CS = ImmutableCallSite(V)) |
Hal Finkel | b0407ba | 2014-07-18 15:51:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3228 | if (CS.isReturnNonNull()) |
Nick Lewycky | ec37354 | 2014-05-20 05:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3229 | return true; |
| 3230 | |
Dan Gohman | 1b0f79d | 2013-01-31 02:40:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3231 | return false; |
| 3232 | } |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3233 | |
Sanjoy Das | f8a0db5 | 2015-05-18 18:07:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3234 | static bool isKnownNonNullFromDominatingCondition(const Value *V, |
| 3235 | const Instruction *CtxI, |
| 3236 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Chen Li | 0d043b5 | 2015-09-14 18:10:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3237 | assert(V->getType()->isPointerTy() && "V must be pointer type"); |
| 3238 | |
Sanjoy Das | f8a0db5 | 2015-05-18 18:07:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3239 | unsigned NumUsesExplored = 0; |
| 3240 | for (auto U : V->users()) { |
| 3241 | // Avoid massive lists |
| 3242 | if (NumUsesExplored >= DomConditionsMaxUses) |
| 3243 | break; |
| 3244 | NumUsesExplored++; |
| 3245 | // Consider only compare instructions uniquely controlling a branch |
| 3246 | const ICmpInst *Cmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(U); |
| 3247 | if (!Cmp) |
| 3248 | continue; |
| 3249 | |
Sanjoy Das | f8a0db5 | 2015-05-18 18:07:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3250 | for (auto *CmpU : Cmp->users()) { |
| 3251 | const BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(CmpU); |
| 3252 | if (!BI) |
| 3253 | continue; |
| 3254 | |
| 3255 | assert(BI->isConditional() && "uses a comparison!"); |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 | BasicBlock *NonNullSuccessor = nullptr; |
| 3258 | CmpInst::Predicate Pred; |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | if (match(const_cast<ICmpInst*>(Cmp), |
| 3261 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Specific(V), m_Zero()))) { |
| 3262 | if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ) |
| 3263 | NonNullSuccessor = BI->getSuccessor(1); |
| 3264 | else if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE) |
| 3265 | NonNullSuccessor = BI->getSuccessor(0); |
| 3266 | } |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 | if (NonNullSuccessor) { |
| 3269 | BasicBlockEdge Edge(BI->getParent(), NonNullSuccessor); |
| 3270 | if (Edge.isSingleEdge() && DT->dominates(Edge, CtxI->getParent())) |
| 3271 | return true; |
| 3272 | } |
| 3273 | } |
| 3274 | } |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 | return false; |
| 3277 | } |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 | bool llvm::isKnownNonNullAt(const Value *V, const Instruction *CtxI, |
| 3280 | const DominatorTree *DT, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
| 3281 | if (isKnownNonNull(V, TLI)) |
| 3282 | return true; |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 | return CtxI ? ::isKnownNonNullFromDominatingCondition(V, CtxI, DT) : false; |
| 3285 | } |
| 3286 | |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3287 | OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForUnsignedMul(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3288 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3289 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3290 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3291 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 3292 | // Multiplying n * m significant bits yields a result of n + m significant |
| 3293 | // bits. If the total number of significant bits does not exceed the |
| 3294 | // result bit width (minus 1), there is no overflow. |
| 3295 | // This means if we have enough leading zero bits in the operands |
| 3296 | // we can guarantee that the result does not overflow. |
| 3297 | // Ref: "Hacker's Delight" by Henry Warren |
| 3298 | unsigned BitWidth = LHS->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
| 3299 | APInt LHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0); |
David Majnemer | c8a576b | 2015-01-02 07:29:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3300 | APInt LHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3301 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0); |
David Majnemer | c8a576b | 2015-01-02 07:29:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3302 | APInt RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3303 | computeKnownBits(LHS, LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, |
| 3304 | DT); |
| 3305 | computeKnownBits(RHS, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, |
| 3306 | DT); |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3307 | // Note that underestimating the number of zero bits gives a more |
| 3308 | // conservative answer. |
| 3309 | unsigned ZeroBits = LHSKnownZero.countLeadingOnes() + |
| 3310 | RHSKnownZero.countLeadingOnes(); |
| 3311 | // First handle the easy case: if we have enough zero bits there's |
| 3312 | // definitely no overflow. |
| 3313 | if (ZeroBits >= BitWidth) |
| 3314 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3315 | |
| 3316 | // Get the largest possible values for each operand. |
| 3317 | APInt LHSMax = ~LHSKnownZero; |
| 3318 | APInt RHSMax = ~RHSKnownZero; |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 | // We know the multiply operation doesn't overflow if the maximum values for |
| 3321 | // each operand will not overflow after we multiply them together. |
David Majnemer | c8a576b | 2015-01-02 07:29:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3322 | bool MaxOverflow; |
| 3323 | LHSMax.umul_ov(RHSMax, MaxOverflow); |
| 3324 | if (!MaxOverflow) |
| 3325 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 | |
David Majnemer | c8a576b | 2015-01-02 07:29:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3327 | // We know it always overflows if multiplying the smallest possible values for |
| 3328 | // the operands also results in overflow. |
| 3329 | bool MinOverflow; |
| 3330 | LHSKnownOne.umul_ov(RHSKnownOne, MinOverflow); |
| 3331 | if (MinOverflow) |
| 3332 | return OverflowResult::AlwaysOverflows; |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 | return OverflowResult::MayOverflow; |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3335 | } |
David Majnemer | 5310c1e | 2015-01-07 00:39:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3336 | |
| 3337 | OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForUnsignedAdd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3338 | const DataLayout &DL, |
David Majnemer | 5310c1e | 2015-01-07 00:39:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3339 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 3340 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3341 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 3342 | bool LHSKnownNonNegative, LHSKnownNegative; |
| 3343 | ComputeSignBit(LHS, LHSKnownNonNegative, LHSKnownNegative, DL, /*Depth=*/0, |
| 3344 | AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3345 | if (LHSKnownNonNegative || LHSKnownNegative) { |
| 3346 | bool RHSKnownNonNegative, RHSKnownNegative; |
| 3347 | ComputeSignBit(RHS, RHSKnownNonNegative, RHSKnownNegative, DL, /*Depth=*/0, |
| 3348 | AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | if (LHSKnownNegative && RHSKnownNegative) { |
| 3351 | // The sign bit is set in both cases: this MUST overflow. |
| 3352 | // Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct. |
| 3353 | return OverflowResult::AlwaysOverflows; |
| 3354 | } |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 | if (LHSKnownNonNegative && RHSKnownNonNegative) { |
| 3357 | // The sign bit is clear in both cases: this CANNOT overflow. |
| 3358 | // Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct. |
| 3359 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3360 | } |
| 3361 | } |
| 3362 | |
| 3363 | return OverflowResult::MayOverflow; |
| 3364 | } |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3365 | |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3366 | static OverflowResult computeOverflowForSignedAdd( |
| 3367 | Value *LHS, Value *RHS, AddOperator *Add, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 3368 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 3369 | if (Add && Add->hasNoSignedWrap()) { |
| 3370 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3371 | } |
| 3372 | |
| 3373 | bool LHSKnownNonNegative, LHSKnownNegative; |
| 3374 | bool RHSKnownNonNegative, RHSKnownNegative; |
| 3375 | ComputeSignBit(LHS, LHSKnownNonNegative, LHSKnownNegative, DL, /*Depth=*/0, |
| 3376 | AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3377 | ComputeSignBit(RHS, RHSKnownNonNegative, RHSKnownNegative, DL, /*Depth=*/0, |
| 3378 | AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3379 | |
| 3380 | if ((LHSKnownNonNegative && RHSKnownNegative) || |
| 3381 | (LHSKnownNegative && RHSKnownNonNegative)) { |
| 3382 | // The sign bits are opposite: this CANNOT overflow. |
| 3383 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3384 | } |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 | // The remaining code needs Add to be available. Early returns if not so. |
| 3387 | if (!Add) |
| 3388 | return OverflowResult::MayOverflow; |
| 3389 | |
| 3390 | // If the sign of Add is the same as at least one of the operands, this add |
| 3391 | // CANNOT overflow. This is particularly useful when the sum is |
| 3392 | // @llvm.assume'ed non-negative rather than proved so from analyzing its |
| 3393 | // operands. |
| 3394 | bool LHSOrRHSKnownNonNegative = |
| 3395 | (LHSKnownNonNegative || RHSKnownNonNegative); |
| 3396 | bool LHSOrRHSKnownNegative = (LHSKnownNegative || RHSKnownNegative); |
| 3397 | if (LHSOrRHSKnownNonNegative || LHSOrRHSKnownNegative) { |
| 3398 | bool AddKnownNonNegative, AddKnownNegative; |
| 3399 | ComputeSignBit(Add, AddKnownNonNegative, AddKnownNegative, DL, |
| 3400 | /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3401 | if ((AddKnownNonNegative && LHSOrRHSKnownNonNegative) || |
| 3402 | (AddKnownNegative && LHSOrRHSKnownNegative)) { |
| 3403 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3404 | } |
| 3405 | } |
| 3406 | |
| 3407 | return OverflowResult::MayOverflow; |
| 3408 | } |
| 3409 | |
| 3410 | OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(AddOperator *Add, |
| 3411 | const DataLayout &DL, |
| 3412 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 3413 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3414 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 3415 | return ::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(Add->getOperand(0), Add->getOperand(1), |
| 3416 | Add, DL, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3417 | } |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 | OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, |
| 3420 | const DataLayout &DL, |
| 3421 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 3422 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3423 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 3424 | return ::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(LHS, RHS, nullptr, DL, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3425 | } |
| 3426 | |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3427 | bool llvm::isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(const Instruction *I) { |
| 3428 | // FIXME: This conservative implementation can be relaxed. E.g. most |
| 3429 | // atomic operations are guaranteed to terminate on most platforms |
| 3430 | // and most functions terminate. |
| 3431 | |
| 3432 | return !I->isAtomic() && // atomics may never succeed on some platforms |
| 3433 | !isa<CallInst>(I) && // could throw and might not terminate |
| 3434 | !isa<InvokeInst>(I) && // might not terminate and could throw to |
| 3435 | // non-successor (see bug 24185 for details). |
| 3436 | !isa<ResumeInst>(I) && // has no successors |
| 3437 | !isa<ReturnInst>(I); // has no successors |
| 3438 | } |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 | bool llvm::isGuaranteedToExecuteForEveryIteration(const Instruction *I, |
| 3441 | const Loop *L) { |
| 3442 | // The loop header is guaranteed to be executed for every iteration. |
| 3443 | // |
| 3444 | // FIXME: Relax this constraint to cover all basic blocks that are |
| 3445 | // guaranteed to be executed at every iteration. |
| 3446 | if (I->getParent() != L->getHeader()) return false; |
| 3447 | |
| 3448 | for (const Instruction &LI : *L->getHeader()) { |
| 3449 | if (&LI == I) return true; |
| 3450 | if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&LI)) return false; |
| 3451 | } |
| 3452 | llvm_unreachable("Instruction not contained in its own parent basic block."); |
| 3453 | } |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 | bool llvm::propagatesFullPoison(const Instruction *I) { |
| 3456 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
| 3457 | case Instruction::Add: |
| 3458 | case Instruction::Sub: |
| 3459 | case Instruction::Xor: |
| 3460 | case Instruction::Trunc: |
| 3461 | case Instruction::BitCast: |
| 3462 | case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast: |
| 3463 | // These operations all propagate poison unconditionally. Note that poison |
| 3464 | // is not any particular value, so xor or subtraction of poison with |
| 3465 | // itself still yields poison, not zero. |
| 3466 | return true; |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 | case Instruction::AShr: |
| 3469 | case Instruction::SExt: |
| 3470 | // For these operations, one bit of the input is replicated across |
| 3471 | // multiple output bits. A replicated poison bit is still poison. |
| 3472 | return true; |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | case Instruction::Shl: { |
| 3475 | // Left shift *by* a poison value is poison. The number of |
| 3476 | // positions to shift is unsigned, so no negative values are |
| 3477 | // possible there. Left shift by zero places preserves poison. So |
| 3478 | // it only remains to consider left shift of poison by a positive |
| 3479 | // number of places. |
| 3480 | // |
| 3481 | // A left shift by a positive number of places leaves the lowest order bit |
| 3482 | // non-poisoned. However, if such a shift has a no-wrap flag, then we can |
| 3483 | // make the poison operand violate that flag, yielding a fresh full-poison |
| 3484 | // value. |
| 3485 | auto *OBO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I); |
| 3486 | return OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap() || OBO->hasNoSignedWrap(); |
| 3487 | } |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | case Instruction::Mul: { |
| 3490 | // A multiplication by zero yields a non-poison zero result, so we need to |
| 3491 | // rule out zero as an operand. Conservatively, multiplication by a |
| 3492 | // non-zero constant is not multiplication by zero. |
| 3493 | // |
| 3494 | // Multiplication by a non-zero constant can leave some bits |
| 3495 | // non-poisoned. For example, a multiplication by 2 leaves the lowest |
| 3496 | // order bit unpoisoned. So we need to consider that. |
| 3497 | // |
| 3498 | // Multiplication by 1 preserves poison. If the multiplication has a |
| 3499 | // no-wrap flag, then we can make the poison operand violate that flag |
| 3500 | // when multiplied by any integer other than 0 and 1. |
| 3501 | auto *OBO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I); |
| 3502 | if (OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap() || OBO->hasNoSignedWrap()) { |
| 3503 | for (Value *V : OBO->operands()) { |
| 3504 | if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) { |
| 3505 | // A ConstantInt cannot yield poison, so we can assume that it is |
| 3506 | // the other operand that is poison. |
| 3507 | return !CI->isZero(); |
| 3508 | } |
| 3509 | } |
| 3510 | } |
| 3511 | return false; |
| 3512 | } |
| 3513 | |
| 3514 | case Instruction::GetElementPtr: |
| 3515 | // A GEP implicitly represents a sequence of additions, subtractions, |
| 3516 | // truncations, sign extensions and multiplications. The multiplications |
| 3517 | // are by the non-zero sizes of some set of types, so we do not have to be |
| 3518 | // concerned with multiplication by zero. If the GEP is in-bounds, then |
| 3519 | // these operations are implicitly no-signed-wrap so poison is propagated |
| 3520 | // by the arguments above for Add, Sub, Trunc, SExt and Mul. |
| 3521 | return cast<GEPOperator>(I)->isInBounds(); |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 | default: |
| 3524 | return false; |
| 3525 | } |
| 3526 | } |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 | const Value *llvm::getGuaranteedNonFullPoisonOp(const Instruction *I) { |
| 3529 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
| 3530 | case Instruction::Store: |
| 3531 | return cast<StoreInst>(I)->getPointerOperand(); |
| 3532 | |
| 3533 | case Instruction::Load: |
| 3534 | return cast<LoadInst>(I)->getPointerOperand(); |
| 3535 | |
| 3536 | case Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg: |
| 3537 | return cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)->getPointerOperand(); |
| 3538 | |
| 3539 | case Instruction::AtomicRMW: |
| 3540 | return cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)->getPointerOperand(); |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | case Instruction::UDiv: |
| 3543 | case Instruction::SDiv: |
| 3544 | case Instruction::URem: |
| 3545 | case Instruction::SRem: |
| 3546 | return I->getOperand(1); |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 | default: |
| 3549 | return nullptr; |
| 3550 | } |
| 3551 | } |
| 3552 | |
| 3553 | bool llvm::isKnownNotFullPoison(const Instruction *PoisonI) { |
| 3554 | // We currently only look for uses of poison values within the same basic |
| 3555 | // block, as that makes it easier to guarantee that the uses will be |
| 3556 | // executed given that PoisonI is executed. |
| 3557 | // |
| 3558 | // FIXME: Expand this to consider uses beyond the same basic block. To do |
| 3559 | // this, look out for the distinction between post-dominance and strong |
| 3560 | // post-dominance. |
| 3561 | const BasicBlock *BB = PoisonI->getParent(); |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | // Set of instructions that we have proved will yield poison if PoisonI |
| 3564 | // does. |
| 3565 | SmallSet<const Value *, 16> YieldsPoison; |
| 3566 | YieldsPoison.insert(PoisonI); |
| 3567 | |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 5a82c91 | 2015-10-10 00:53:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3568 | for (BasicBlock::const_iterator I = PoisonI->getIterator(), E = BB->end(); |
| 3569 | I != E; ++I) { |
| 3570 | if (&*I != PoisonI) { |
| 3571 | const Value *NotPoison = getGuaranteedNonFullPoisonOp(&*I); |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3572 | if (NotPoison != nullptr && YieldsPoison.count(NotPoison)) return true; |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 5a82c91 | 2015-10-10 00:53:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3573 | if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&*I)) |
| 3574 | return false; |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3575 | } |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | // Mark poison that propagates from I through uses of I. |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 5a82c91 | 2015-10-10 00:53:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3578 | if (YieldsPoison.count(&*I)) { |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3579 | for (const User *User : I->users()) { |
| 3580 | const Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(User); |
| 3581 | if (UserI->getParent() == BB && propagatesFullPoison(UserI)) |
| 3582 | YieldsPoison.insert(User); |
| 3583 | } |
| 3584 | } |
| 3585 | } |
| 3586 | return false; |
| 3587 | } |
| 3588 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3589 | static bool isKnownNonNaN(Value *V, FastMathFlags FMF) { |
| 3590 | if (FMF.noNaNs()) |
| 3591 | return true; |
| 3592 | |
| 3593 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) |
| 3594 | return !C->isNaN(); |
| 3595 | return false; |
| 3596 | } |
| 3597 | |
| 3598 | static bool isKnownNonZero(Value *V) { |
| 3599 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) |
| 3600 | return !C->isZero(); |
| 3601 | return false; |
| 3602 | } |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 | static SelectPatternResult matchSelectPattern(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, |
| 3605 | FastMathFlags FMF, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3606 | Value *CmpLHS, Value *CmpRHS, |
| 3607 | Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal, |
| 3608 | Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) { |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3609 | LHS = CmpLHS; |
| 3610 | RHS = CmpRHS; |
| 3611 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3612 | // If the predicate is an "or-equal" (FP) predicate, then signed zeroes may |
| 3613 | // return inconsistent results between implementations. |
| 3614 | // (0.0 <= -0.0) ? 0.0 : -0.0 // Returns 0.0 |
| 3615 | // minNum(0.0, -0.0) // May return -0.0 or 0.0 (IEEE 754-2008 5.3.1) |
| 3616 | // Therefore we behave conservatively and only proceed if at least one of the |
| 3617 | // operands is known to not be zero, or if we don't care about signed zeroes. |
| 3618 | switch (Pred) { |
| 3619 | default: break; |
| 3620 | case CmpInst::FCMP_OGE: case CmpInst::FCMP_OLE: |
| 3621 | case CmpInst::FCMP_UGE: case CmpInst::FCMP_ULE: |
| 3622 | if (!FMF.noSignedZeros() && !isKnownNonZero(CmpLHS) && |
| 3623 | !isKnownNonZero(CmpRHS)) |
| 3624 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 3625 | } |
| 3626 | |
| 3627 | SelectPatternNaNBehavior NaNBehavior = SPNB_NA; |
| 3628 | bool Ordered = false; |
| 3629 | |
| 3630 | // When given one NaN and one non-NaN input: |
| 3631 | // - maxnum/minnum (C99 fmaxf()/fminf()) return the non-NaN input. |
| 3632 | // - A simple C99 (a < b ? a : b) construction will return 'b' (as the |
| 3633 | // ordered comparison fails), which could be NaN or non-NaN. |
| 3634 | // so here we discover exactly what NaN behavior is required/accepted. |
| 3635 | if (CmpInst::isFPPredicate(Pred)) { |
| 3636 | bool LHSSafe = isKnownNonNaN(CmpLHS, FMF); |
| 3637 | bool RHSSafe = isKnownNonNaN(CmpRHS, FMF); |
| 3638 | |
| 3639 | if (LHSSafe && RHSSafe) { |
| 3640 | // Both operands are known non-NaN. |
| 3641 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_ANY; |
| 3642 | } else if (CmpInst::isOrdered(Pred)) { |
| 3643 | // An ordered comparison will return false when given a NaN, so it |
| 3644 | // returns the RHS. |
| 3645 | Ordered = true; |
| 3646 | if (LHSSafe) |
James Molloy | 8990b06 | 2015-08-12 15:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3647 | // LHS is non-NaN, so if RHS is NaN then NaN will be returned. |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3648 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_NAN; |
| 3649 | else if (RHSSafe) |
| 3650 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER; |
| 3651 | else |
| 3652 | // Completely unsafe. |
| 3653 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 3654 | } else { |
| 3655 | Ordered = false; |
| 3656 | // An unordered comparison will return true when given a NaN, so it |
| 3657 | // returns the LHS. |
| 3658 | if (LHSSafe) |
James Molloy | 8990b06 | 2015-08-12 15:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3659 | // LHS is non-NaN, so if RHS is NaN then non-NaN will be returned. |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3660 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER; |
| 3661 | else if (RHSSafe) |
| 3662 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_NAN; |
| 3663 | else |
| 3664 | // Completely unsafe. |
| 3665 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3666 | } |
| 3667 | } |
| 3668 | |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3669 | if (TrueVal == CmpRHS && FalseVal == CmpLHS) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3670 | std::swap(CmpLHS, CmpRHS); |
| 3671 | Pred = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); |
| 3672 | if (NaNBehavior == SPNB_RETURNS_NAN) |
| 3673 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER; |
| 3674 | else if (NaNBehavior == SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER) |
| 3675 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_NAN; |
| 3676 | Ordered = !Ordered; |
| 3677 | } |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 | // ([if]cmp X, Y) ? X : Y |
| 3680 | if (TrueVal == CmpLHS && FalseVal == CmpRHS) { |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3681 | switch (Pred) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3682 | default: return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; // Equality. |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3683 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3684 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: return {SPF_UMAX, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3685 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3686 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: return {SPF_SMAX, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3687 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3688 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: return {SPF_UMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3689 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3690 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: return {SPF_SMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 3691 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT: |
| 3692 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE: |
| 3693 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT: |
| 3694 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: return {SPF_FMAXNUM, NaNBehavior, Ordered}; |
| 3695 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT: |
| 3696 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE: |
| 3697 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: |
| 3698 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: return {SPF_FMINNUM, NaNBehavior, Ordered}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3699 | } |
| 3700 | } |
| 3701 | |
| 3702 | if (ConstantInt *C1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CmpRHS)) { |
| 3703 | if ((CmpLHS == TrueVal && match(FalseVal, m_Neg(m_Specific(CmpLHS)))) || |
| 3704 | (CmpLHS == FalseVal && match(TrueVal, m_Neg(m_Specific(CmpLHS))))) { |
| 3705 | |
| 3706 | // ABS(X) ==> (X >s 0) ? X : -X and (X >s -1) ? X : -X |
| 3707 | // NABS(X) ==> (X >s 0) ? -X : X and (X >s -1) ? -X : X |
| 3708 | if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && (C1->isZero() || C1->isMinusOne())) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3709 | return {(CmpLHS == TrueVal) ? SPF_ABS : SPF_NABS, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3710 | } |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 | // ABS(X) ==> (X <s 0) ? -X : X and (X <s 1) ? -X : X |
| 3713 | // NABS(X) ==> (X <s 0) ? X : -X and (X <s 1) ? X : -X |
| 3714 | if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && (C1->isZero() || C1->isOne())) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3715 | return {(CmpLHS == FalseVal) ? SPF_ABS : SPF_NABS, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3716 | } |
| 3717 | } |
Sanjoy Das | c9d6d8b | 2016-03-31 05:14:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3718 | |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3719 | // Y >s C ? ~Y : ~C == ~Y <s ~C ? ~Y : ~C = SMIN(~Y, ~C) |
| 3720 | if (const auto *C2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) { |
Sanjoy Das | 56df0ec | 2016-03-31 05:14:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3721 | if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && C1->getType() == C2->getType() && |
| 3722 | ~C1->getValue() == C2->getValue() && |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3723 | (match(TrueVal, m_Not(m_Specific(CmpLHS))) || |
| 3724 | match(CmpLHS, m_Not(m_Specific(TrueVal))))) { |
| 3725 | LHS = TrueVal; |
| 3726 | RHS = FalseVal; |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3727 | return {SPF_SMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3728 | } |
| 3729 | } |
| 3730 | } |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 | // TODO: (X > 4) ? X : 5 --> (X >= 5) ? X : 5 --> MAX(X, 5) |
| 3733 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3734 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3735 | } |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3736 | |
James Molloy | 569cea6 | 2015-09-02 17:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3737 | static Value *lookThroughCast(CmpInst *CmpI, Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 3738 | Instruction::CastOps *CastOp) { |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3739 | CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V1); |
| 3740 | Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V2); |
James Molloy | 569cea6 | 2015-09-02 17:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3741 | CastInst *CI2 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V2); |
| 3742 | if (!CI) |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3743 | return nullptr; |
| 3744 | *CastOp = CI->getOpcode(); |
| 3745 | |
James Molloy | 569cea6 | 2015-09-02 17:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3746 | if (CI2) { |
| 3747 | // If V1 and V2 are both the same cast from the same type, we can look |
| 3748 | // through V1. |
| 3749 | if (CI2->getOpcode() == CI->getOpcode() && |
| 3750 | CI2->getSrcTy() == CI->getSrcTy()) |
| 3751 | return CI2->getOperand(0); |
| 3752 | return nullptr; |
| 3753 | } else if (!C) { |
| 3754 | return nullptr; |
| 3755 | } |
| 3756 | |
James Molloy | 2b21a7c | 2015-05-20 18:41:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3757 | if (isa<SExtInst>(CI) && CmpI->isSigned()) { |
| 3758 | Constant *T = ConstantExpr::getTrunc(C, CI->getSrcTy()); |
| 3759 | // This is only valid if the truncated value can be sign-extended |
| 3760 | // back to the original value. |
| 3761 | if (ConstantExpr::getSExt(T, C->getType()) == C) |
| 3762 | return T; |
| 3763 | return nullptr; |
| 3764 | } |
| 3765 | if (isa<ZExtInst>(CI) && CmpI->isUnsigned()) |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3766 | return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(C, CI->getSrcTy()); |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | if (isa<TruncInst>(CI)) |
| 3769 | return ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(C, CI->getSrcTy(), CmpI->isSigned()); |
| 3770 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3771 | if (isa<FPToUIInst>(CI)) |
| 3772 | return ConstantExpr::getUIToFP(C, CI->getSrcTy(), true); |
| 3773 | |
| 3774 | if (isa<FPToSIInst>(CI)) |
| 3775 | return ConstantExpr::getSIToFP(C, CI->getSrcTy(), true); |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 | if (isa<UIToFPInst>(CI)) |
| 3778 | return ConstantExpr::getFPToUI(C, CI->getSrcTy(), true); |
| 3779 | |
| 3780 | if (isa<SIToFPInst>(CI)) |
| 3781 | return ConstantExpr::getFPToSI(C, CI->getSrcTy(), true); |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 | if (isa<FPTruncInst>(CI)) |
| 3784 | return ConstantExpr::getFPExtend(C, CI->getSrcTy(), true); |
| 3785 | |
| 3786 | if (isa<FPExtInst>(CI)) |
| 3787 | return ConstantExpr::getFPTrunc(C, CI->getSrcTy(), true); |
| 3788 | |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3789 | return nullptr; |
| 3790 | } |
| 3791 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3792 | SelectPatternResult llvm::matchSelectPattern(Value *V, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3793 | Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS, |
| 3794 | Instruction::CastOps *CastOp) { |
| 3795 | SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V); |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3796 | if (!SI) return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3797 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3798 | CmpInst *CmpI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(SI->getCondition()); |
| 3799 | if (!CmpI) return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3800 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3801 | CmpInst::Predicate Pred = CmpI->getPredicate(); |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3802 | Value *CmpLHS = CmpI->getOperand(0); |
| 3803 | Value *CmpRHS = CmpI->getOperand(1); |
| 3804 | Value *TrueVal = SI->getTrueValue(); |
| 3805 | Value *FalseVal = SI->getFalseValue(); |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3806 | FastMathFlags FMF; |
| 3807 | if (isa<FPMathOperator>(CmpI)) |
| 3808 | FMF = CmpI->getFastMathFlags(); |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3809 | |
| 3810 | // Bail out early. |
| 3811 | if (CmpI->isEquality()) |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3812 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3813 | |
| 3814 | // Deal with type mismatches. |
| 3815 | if (CastOp && CmpLHS->getType() != TrueVal->getType()) { |
James Molloy | 569cea6 | 2015-09-02 17:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3816 | if (Value *C = lookThroughCast(CmpI, TrueVal, FalseVal, CastOp)) |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3817 | return ::matchSelectPattern(Pred, FMF, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3818 | cast<CastInst>(TrueVal)->getOperand(0), C, |
| 3819 | LHS, RHS); |
James Molloy | 569cea6 | 2015-09-02 17:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3820 | if (Value *C = lookThroughCast(CmpI, FalseVal, TrueVal, CastOp)) |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3821 | return ::matchSelectPattern(Pred, FMF, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3822 | C, cast<CastInst>(FalseVal)->getOperand(0), |
| 3823 | LHS, RHS); |
| 3824 | } |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3825 | return ::matchSelectPattern(Pred, FMF, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, TrueVal, FalseVal, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3826 | LHS, RHS); |
| 3827 | } |
Sanjoy Das | a7e1378 | 2015-10-24 05:37:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3828 | |
| 3829 | ConstantRange llvm::getConstantRangeFromMetadata(MDNode &Ranges) { |
| 3830 | const unsigned NumRanges = Ranges.getNumOperands() / 2; |
| 3831 | assert(NumRanges >= 1 && "Must have at least one range!"); |
| 3832 | assert(Ranges.getNumOperands() % 2 == 0 && "Must be a sequence of pairs"); |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 | auto *FirstLow = mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges.getOperand(0)); |
| 3835 | auto *FirstHigh = mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges.getOperand(1)); |
| 3836 | |
| 3837 | ConstantRange CR(FirstLow->getValue(), FirstHigh->getValue()); |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 | for (unsigned i = 1; i < NumRanges; ++i) { |
| 3840 | auto *Low = mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges.getOperand(2 * i + 0)); |
| 3841 | auto *High = mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges.getOperand(2 * i + 1)); |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 | // Note: unionWith will potentially create a range that contains values not |
| 3844 | // contained in any of the original N ranges. |
| 3845 | CR = CR.unionWith(ConstantRange(Low->getValue(), High->getValue())); |
| 3846 | } |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 | return CR; |
| 3849 | } |
Sanjoy Das | 3ef1e68 | 2015-10-28 03:20:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3850 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3851 | /// Return true if "icmp Pred LHS RHS" is always true. |
Sanjoy Das | 55ea67c | 2015-11-06 19:01:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3852 | static bool isTruePredicate(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, |
| 3853 | const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
| 3854 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3855 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Sanjoy Das | af1400f | 2015-11-10 23:56:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3856 | assert(!LHS->getType()->isVectorTy() && "TODO: extend to handle vectors!"); |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3857 | if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred) && LHS == RHS) |
| 3858 | return true; |
| 3859 | |
| 3860 | switch (Pred) { |
| 3861 | default: |
| 3862 | return false; |
| 3863 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3864 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE: { |
Sanjoy Das | af1400f | 2015-11-10 23:56:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3865 | const APInt *C; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3866 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3867 | // LHS s<= LHS +_{nsw} C if C >= 0 |
Sanjoy Das | dc26df4 | 2015-11-11 00:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3868 | if (match(RHS, m_NSWAdd(m_Specific(LHS), m_APInt(C)))) |
Sanjoy Das | af1400f | 2015-11-10 23:56:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3869 | return !C->isNegative(); |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3870 | return false; |
| 3871 | } |
| 3872 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3873 | case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE: { |
Sanjoy Das | af1400f | 2015-11-10 23:56:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3874 | const APInt *C; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3875 | |
Sanjoy Das | dc26df4 | 2015-11-11 00:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3876 | // LHS u<= LHS +_{nuw} C for any C |
| 3877 | if (match(RHS, m_NUWAdd(m_Specific(LHS), m_APInt(C)))) |
Sanjoy Das | c01b4d2 | 2015-11-06 19:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3878 | return true; |
Sanjoy Das | 9256810 | 2015-11-10 23:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3879 | |
| 3880 | // Match A to (X +_{nuw} CA) and B to (X +_{nuw} CB) |
| 3881 | auto MatchNUWAddsToSameValue = [&](Value *A, Value *B, Value *&X, |
| 3882 | const APInt *&CA, const APInt *&CB) { |
| 3883 | if (match(A, m_NUWAdd(m_Value(X), m_APInt(CA))) && |
| 3884 | match(B, m_NUWAdd(m_Specific(X), m_APInt(CB)))) |
| 3885 | return true; |
| 3886 | |
| 3887 | // If X & C == 0 then (X | C) == X +_{nuw} C |
| 3888 | if (match(A, m_Or(m_Value(X), m_APInt(CA))) && |
| 3889 | match(B, m_Or(m_Specific(X), m_APInt(CB)))) { |
| 3890 | unsigned BitWidth = CA->getBitWidth(); |
| 3891 | APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
| 3892 | computeKnownBits(X, KnownZero, KnownOne, DL, Depth + 1, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3893 | |
| 3894 | if ((KnownZero & *CA) == *CA && (KnownZero & *CB) == *CB) |
| 3895 | return true; |
| 3896 | } |
| 3897 | |
| 3898 | return false; |
| 3899 | }; |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 | Value *X; |
| 3902 | const APInt *CLHS, *CRHS; |
Sanjoy Das | dc26df4 | 2015-11-11 00:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3903 | if (MatchNUWAddsToSameValue(LHS, RHS, X, CLHS, CRHS)) |
| 3904 | return CLHS->ule(*CRHS); |
Sanjoy Das | 9256810 | 2015-11-10 23:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3905 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3906 | return false; |
| 3907 | } |
| 3908 | } |
| 3909 | } |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | /// Return true if "icmp Pred BLHS BRHS" is true whenever "icmp Pred |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3912 | /// ALHS ARHS" is true. Otherwise, return None. |
| 3913 | static Optional<bool> |
| 3914 | isImpliedCondOperands(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, Value *ALHS, Value *ARHS, |
| 3915 | Value *BLHS, Value *BRHS, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 3916 | unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 3917 | const Instruction *CxtI, const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3918 | switch (Pred) { |
| 3919 | default: |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3920 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3921 | |
| 3922 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT: |
| 3923 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE: |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3924 | if (isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLE, BLHS, ALHS, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, |
| 3925 | DT) && |
| 3926 | isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLE, ARHS, BRHS, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT)) |
| 3927 | return true; |
| 3928 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3929 | |
| 3930 | case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT: |
| 3931 | case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE: |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3932 | if (isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_ULE, BLHS, ALHS, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, |
| 3933 | DT) && |
| 3934 | isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_ULE, ARHS, BRHS, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT)) |
| 3935 | return true; |
| 3936 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3937 | } |
| 3938 | } |
| 3939 | |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3940 | /// Return true if "icmp1 APred ALHS ARHS" implies "icmp2 BPred BLHS BRHS" is |
| 3941 | /// true. Return false if "icmp1 APred ALHS ARHS" implies "icmp2 BPred BLHS |
| 3942 | /// BRHS" is false. Otherwise, return None if we can't infer anything. |
| 3943 | static Optional<bool> isImpliedCondMatchingOperands(CmpInst::Predicate APred, |
| 3944 | Value *ALHS, Value *ARHS, |
| 3945 | CmpInst::Predicate BPred, |
| 3946 | Value *BLHS, Value *BRHS) { |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3947 | // The operands of the two compares must match. |
| 3948 | bool IsMatchingOps = (ALHS == BLHS && ARHS == BRHS); |
| 3949 | bool IsSwappedOps = (ALHS == BRHS && ARHS == BLHS); |
| 3950 | if (!IsMatchingOps && !IsSwappedOps) |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3951 | return None; |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3952 | |
| 3953 | // Canonicalize the operands so they're matching. |
| 3954 | if (IsSwappedOps) { |
| 3955 | std::swap(BLHS, BRHS); |
| 3956 | BPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(BPred); |
| 3957 | } |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | // If the predicates match, then we know the first condition implies the |
| 3960 | // second is true. |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3961 | if (APred == BPred) |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3962 | return true; |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3963 | |
| 3964 | // If an inverted APred matches BPred, we can infer the second condition is |
| 3965 | // false. |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3966 | if (CmpInst::getInversePredicate(APred) == BPred) |
| 3967 | return false; |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3968 | |
| 3969 | // If a swapped APred matches BPred, we can infer the second condition is |
| 3970 | // false in many cases. |
| 3971 | if (CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(APred) == BPred) { |
| 3972 | switch (APred) { |
| 3973 | default: |
| 3974 | break; |
| 3975 | case CmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // A >u B implies A <u B is false. |
| 3976 | case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // A <u B implies A >u B is false. |
| 3977 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // A >s B implies A <s B is false. |
| 3978 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // A <s B implies A >s B is false. |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3979 | return false; |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3980 | } |
| 3981 | } |
| 3982 | |
| 3983 | // The predicates must match sign or at least one of them must be an equality |
| 3984 | // comparison (which is signless). |
| 3985 | if (ICmpInst::isSigned(APred) != ICmpInst::isSigned(BPred) && |
| 3986 | !ICmpInst::isEquality(APred) && !ICmpInst::isEquality(BPred)) |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3987 | return None; |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3988 | |
| 3989 | switch (APred) { |
| 3990 | default: |
| 3991 | break; |
| 3992 | case CmpInst::ICMP_EQ: |
| 3993 | // A == B implies A > B and A < B are false. |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3994 | if (CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(BPred)) |
| 3995 | return false; |
| 3996 | |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3997 | break; |
| 3998 | case CmpInst::ICMP_UGT: |
| 3999 | case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT: |
| 4000 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SGT: |
| 4001 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT: |
| 4002 | // A > B implies A == B is false. |
| 4003 | // A < B implies A == B is false. |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4004 | if (BPred == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ) |
| 4005 | return false; |
| 4006 | |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4007 | // A > B implies A != B is true. |
| 4008 | // A < B implies A != B is true. |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4009 | if (BPred == CmpInst::ICMP_NE) |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4010 | return true; |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4011 | break; |
| 4012 | } |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4013 | return None; |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4014 | } |
| 4015 | |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4016 | Optional<bool> llvm::isImpliedCondition(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, |
| 4017 | const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
| 4018 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 4019 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 4020 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Sanjoy Das | 3ef1e68 | 2015-10-28 03:20:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4021 | assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() && "mismatched type"); |
| 4022 | Type *OpTy = LHS->getType(); |
| 4023 | assert(OpTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy(1)); |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 | // LHS ==> RHS by definition |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4026 | if (LHS == RHS) |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4027 | return true; |
Sanjoy Das | 3ef1e68 | 2015-10-28 03:20:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4028 | |
| 4029 | if (OpTy->isVectorTy()) |
| 4030 | // TODO: extending the code below to handle vectors |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4031 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 3ef1e68 | 2015-10-28 03:20:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4032 | assert(OpTy->isIntegerTy(1) && "implied by above"); |
| 4033 | |
| 4034 | ICmpInst::Predicate APred, BPred; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4035 | Value *ALHS, *ARHS; |
| 4036 | Value *BLHS, *BRHS; |
Sanjoy Das | 3ef1e68 | 2015-10-28 03:20:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4037 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4038 | if (!match(LHS, m_ICmp(APred, m_Value(ALHS), m_Value(ARHS))) || |
| 4039 | !match(RHS, m_ICmp(BPred, m_Value(BLHS), m_Value(BRHS)))) |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4040 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4041 | |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4042 | Optional<bool> Implication = |
| 4043 | isImpliedCondMatchingOperands(APred, ALHS, ARHS, BPred, BLHS, BRHS); |
| 4044 | if (Implication) |
| 4045 | return Implication; |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4046 | |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4047 | if (APred == BPred) |
Sanjoy Das | 55ea67c | 2015-11-06 19:01:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4048 | return isImpliedCondOperands(APred, ALHS, ARHS, BLHS, BRHS, DL, Depth, AC, |
| 4049 | CxtI, DT); |
Sanjoy Das | 3ef1e68 | 2015-10-28 03:20:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4050 | |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 4051 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 3ef1e68 | 2015-10-28 03:20:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4052 | } |